in the following script
# tc actions add action ife encode allow prio pass index 42
# tc actions replace action ife encode allow tcindex drop index 42
the action control should remain equal to 'pass', if the kernel failed
to replace the TC action. Pospone the assignment of the action control,
to ensure it is not overwritten in the error path of tcf_ife_init().
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a recursive lock warning [1] can be observed with the following script,
# $TC actions add action ife encode allow prio pass index 42
IFE type 0xED3E
# $TC actions replace action ife encode allow tcindex pass index 42
in case the kernel was unable to run the last command (e.g. because of
the impossibility to load 'act_meta_skbtcindex'). For a similar reason,
the kernel can leak idr in the error path of tcf_ife_init(), because
tcf_idr_release() is not called after successful idr reservation:
# $TC actions add action ife encode allow tcindex index 47
IFE type 0xED3E
RTNETLINK answers: No such file or directory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# $TC actions add action ife encode allow tcindex index 47
IFE type 0xED3E
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# $TC actions add action ife encode use mark 7 type 0xfefe pass index 47
IFE type 0xFEFE
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
Since tcfa_lock is already taken when the action is being edited, a call
to tcf_idr_release() wrongly makes tcf_idr_cleanup() take the same lock
again. On the other hand, tcf_idr_release() needs to be called in the
error path of tcf_ife_init(), to undo the last tcf_idr_create() invocation.
Fix both problems in tcf_ife_init().
Since the cleanup() routine can now be called when ife->params is NULL,
also add a NULL pointer check to avoid calling kfree_rcu(NULL, rcu).
[1]
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
4.17.0-rc4.kasan+ #417 Tainted: G E
--------------------------------------------
tc/3932 is trying to acquire lock:
000000005097c9a6 (&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock){+...}, at: tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
but task is already holding lock:
000000005097c9a6 (&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock){+...}, at: tcf_ife_init+0xf6d/0x13c0 [act_ife]
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock);
lock(&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
2 locks held by tc/3932:
#0: 000000007ca8e990 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}, at: tcf_ife_init+0xf61/0x13c0 [act_ife]
#1: 000000005097c9a6 (&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock){+...}, at: tcf_ife_init+0xf6d/0x13c0 [act_ife]
stack backtrace:
CPU: 3 PID: 3932 Comm: tc Tainted: G E 4.17.0-rc4.kasan+ #417
Hardware name: Red Hat KVM, BIOS 0.5.1 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
dump_stack+0x9a/0xeb
__lock_acquire+0xf43/0x34a0
? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0x2b0/0x2b0
? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0x2b0/0x2b0
? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0x2b0/0x2b0
? __mutex_lock+0x62f/0x1240
? kvm_sched_clock_read+0x1a/0x30
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
? lock_acquire+0x10b/0x330
lock_acquire+0x10b/0x330
? tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
_raw_spin_lock_bh+0x38/0x70
? tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
__tcf_idr_release+0xff/0x350
tcf_ife_init+0xdde/0x13c0 [act_ife]
? ife_exit_net+0x290/0x290 [act_ife]
? __lock_is_held+0xb4/0x140
tcf_action_init_1+0x67b/0xad0
? tcf_action_dump_old+0xa0/0xa0
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? kvm_sched_clock_read+0x1a/0x30
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? memset+0x1f/0x40
tcf_action_init+0x30f/0x590
? tcf_action_init_1+0xad0/0xad0
? memset+0x1f/0x40
tc_ctl_action+0x48e/0x5e0
? mutex_lock_io_nested+0x1160/0x1160
? tca_action_gd+0x990/0x990
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x4da/0x990
? validate_linkmsg+0x680/0x680
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
netlink_rcv_skb+0x127/0x350
? validate_linkmsg+0x680/0x680
? netlink_ack+0x970/0x970
? __kmalloc_node_track_caller+0x304/0x3a0
netlink_unicast+0x40f/0x5d0
? netlink_attachskb+0x580/0x580
? _copy_from_iter_full+0x187/0x760
? import_iovec+0x90/0x390
netlink_sendmsg+0x67f/0xb50
? netlink_unicast+0x5d0/0x5d0
? copy_msghdr_from_user+0x206/0x340
? netlink_unicast+0x5d0/0x5d0
sock_sendmsg+0xb3/0xf0
___sys_sendmsg+0x60a/0x8b0
? copy_msghdr_from_user+0x340/0x340
? lock_downgrade+0x5e0/0x5e0
? tty_write_lock+0x18/0x50
? kvm_sched_clock_read+0x1a/0x30
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
? lock_downgrade+0x5e0/0x5e0
? lock_acquire+0x10b/0x330
? __audit_syscall_entry+0x316/0x690
? current_kernel_time64+0x6b/0xd0
? __fget_light+0x55/0x1f0
? __sys_sendmsg+0xd2/0x170
__sys_sendmsg+0xd2/0x170
? __ia32_sys_shutdown+0x70/0x70
? syscall_trace_enter+0x57a/0xd60
? rcu_read_lock_sched_held+0xdc/0x110
? __bpf_trace_sys_enter+0x10/0x10
? do_syscall_64+0x22/0x480
do_syscall_64+0xa5/0x480
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
RIP: 0033:0x7fd646988ba0
RSP: 002b:00007fffc9fab3c8 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: 000000000000002e
RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00007fffc9fab4f0 RCX: 00007fd646988ba0
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00007fffc9fab440 RDI: 0000000000000003
RBP: 000000005b28c8b3 R08: 0000000000000002 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 00007fffc9faae20 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000000000000
R13: 00007fffc9fab504 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: 000000000066c100
Fixes: 4e8c861550 ("net sched: net sched: ife action fix late binding")
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When blackhole is used on top of classful qdisc like hfsc it breaks
qlen and backlog counters because packets are disappear without notice.
In HFSC non-zero qlen while all classes are inactive triggers warning:
WARNING: ... at net/sched/sch_hfsc.c:1393 hfsc_dequeue+0xba4/0xe90 [sch_hfsc]
and schedules watchdog work endlessly.
This patch return __NET_XMIT_BYPASS in addition to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS,
this flag tells upper layer: this packet is gone and isn't queued.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use nla_strlcpy() to avoid copying data beyond the length of TCA_DEF_DATA
netlink attribute, in case it is less than SIMP_MAX_DATA and it does not
end with '\0' character.
v2: fix errors in the commit message, thanks Hangbin Liu
Fixes: fa1b1cff3d ("net_cls_act: Make act_simple use of netlink policy.")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add Maglev hashing scheduler to IPVS, from Inju Song.
2) Lots of new TC subsystem tests from Roman Mashak.
3) Add TCP zero copy receive and fix delayed acks and autotuning with
SO_RCVLOWAT, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to mlx5 driver, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
5) Add ttl inherit support to vxlan, from Hangbin Liu.
6) Properly separate ipv6 routes into their logically independant
components. fib6_info for the routing table, and fib6_nh for sets of
nexthops, which thus can be shared. From David Ahern.
7) Add bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper, which can be used to generate ICMP
messages from XDP programs. From Nikita V. Shirokov.
8) Lots of long overdue cleanups to the r8169 driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
9) Add BTF ("BPF Type Format"), from Martin KaFai Lau.
10) Add traffic condition monitoring to iwlwifi, from Luca Coelho.
11) Plumb extack down into fib_rules, from Roopa Prabhu.
12) Add Flower classifier offload support to igb, from Vinicius Costa
Gomes.
13) Add UDP GSO support, from Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add documentation for eBPF helpers, from Quentin Monnet.
15) Add TLS tx offload to mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
16) Allow applications to be given the number of bytes available to read
on a socket via a control message returned from recvmsg(), from
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh.
17) Add x86_32 eBPF JIT compiler, from Wang YanQing.
18) Add AF_XDP sockets, with zerocopy support infrastructure as well.
From Björn Töpel.
19) Remove indirect load support from all of the BPF JITs and handle
these operations in the verifier by translating them into native BPF
instead. From Daniel Borkmann.
20) Add GRO support to ipv6 gre tunnels, from Eran Ben Elisha.
21) Allow XDP programs to do lookups in the main kernel routing tables
for forwarding. From David Ahern.
22) Allow drivers to store hardware state into an ELF section of kernel
dump vmcore files, and use it in cxgb4. From Rahul Lakkireddy.
23) Various RACK and loss detection improvements in TCP, from Yuchung
Cheng.
24) Add TCP SACK compression, from Eric Dumazet.
25) Add User Mode Helper support and basic bpfilter infrastructure, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
26) Support ports and protocol values in RTM_GETROUTE, from Roopa
Prabhu.
27) Support bulking in ->ndo_xdp_xmit() API, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
28) Add lots of forwarding selftests, from Petr Machata.
29) Add generic network device failover driver, from Sridhar Samudrala.
* ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1959 commits)
strparser: Add __strp_unpause and use it in ktls.
rxrpc: Fix terminal retransmission connection ID to include the channel
net: hns3: Optimize PF CMDQ interrupt switching process
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox receiving unknown message
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox cannot receiving PF response
bnx2x: use the right constant
Revert "net: sched: cls: Fix offloading when ingress dev is vxlan"
net: dsa: b53: Fix for brcm tag issue in Cygnus SoC
enic: fix UDP rss bits
netdev-FAQ: clarify DaveM's position for stable backports
rtnetlink: validate attributes in do_setlink()
mlxsw: Add extack messages for port_{un, }split failures
netdevsim: Add extack error message for devlink reload
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations
net: metrics: add proper netlink validation
ipmr: fix error path when ipmr_new_table fails
ip6mr: only set ip6mr_table from setsockopt when ip6mr_new_table succeeds
net: hns3: remove unused hclgevf_cfg_func_mta_filter
netfilter: provide udp*_lib_lookup for nf_tproxy
qed*: Utilize FW 8.37.2.0
...
This reverts commit d96a43c664.
This potentially breaks things, so reverting as per
request by Jakub Kicinski.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using a vxlan device as the ingress dev, we count it as a
"no offload dev", so when such a rule comes and err stop is true,
we fail early and don't try the egdev route which can offload it
through the egress device.
Fix that by not calling the block offload if one of the devices
attached to it is not offload capable, but make sure egress on such case
is capable instead.
Fixes: caa7260156 ("net: sched: keep track of offloaded filters [..]")
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If requested tcf proto is not found, get and del filter netlink protocol
handlers output error message to extack, but do not return actual error
code. Add check to return ENOENT when result of tp find function is NULL
pointer.
Fixes: c431f89b18 ("net: sched: split tc_ctl_tfilter into three handlers")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We incorrectly compare the mask and the result is that we can't modify
an already existing rule.
Fix that by comparing correctly.
Fixes: 05cd271fd6 ("cls_flower: Support multiple masks per priority")
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When destroying the instance, destroy the head rhashtable.
Fixes: 05cd271fd6 ("cls_flower: Support multiple masks per priority")
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filling in the padding slot in the bpf structure as a bug fix in 'ne'
overlapped with actually using that padding area for something in
'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_ctl_tfilter handles three netlink message types: RTM_NEWTFILTER,
RTM_DELTFILTER, RTM_GETTFILTER. However, implementation of this function
involves a lot of branching on specific message type because most of the
code is message-specific. This significantly complicates adding new
functionality and doesn't provide much benefit of code reuse.
Split tc_ctl_tfilter to three standalone functions that handle filter new,
delete and get requests.
The only truly protocol independent part of tc_ctl_tfilter is code that
looks up queue, class, and block. Refactor this code to standalone
tcf_block_find function that is used by all three new handlers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we fail to modify a rule, we incorrectly release the idr handle
of the unmodified old rule.
Fix that by checking if we need to release it.
Fixes: fe2502e49b ("net_sched: remove cls_flower idr on failure")
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking netif_xmit_frozen_or_stopped() at the end of sch_direct_xmit()
is being bypassed. This is because "ret" from sch_direct_xmit() will be
either NETDEV_TX_OK or NETDEV_TX_BUSY, and only ret == NETDEV_TX_OK == 0
will reach the condition:
if (ret && netif_xmit_frozen_or_stopped(txq))
return false;
This patch cleans up the code by removing the whole condition.
For more discussion about this, please refer to
https://marc.info/?t=152727195700008
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MQ doesn't hold any statistics on its own, however, statistic
from offloads are requested starting from the root, hence MQ
will read the old values for its sums. Call into the drivers,
because of the additive nature of the stats drivers are aware
of how much "pending updates" they have to children of the MQ.
Since MQ reset its stats on every dump we can simply offset
the stats, predicting how stats of offloaded children will
change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mq offload is trivial, we just need to let the device know
that the root qdisc is mq. Alternative approach would be
to export qdisc_lookup() and make drivers check the root
type themselves, but notification via ndo_setup_tc is more
in line with other qdiscs.
Note that mq doesn't hold any stats on it's own, it just
adds up stats of its children.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05f0fe6b74 ("RCU, workqueue: Implement rcu_work") introduces
new API's for dispatching work in a RCU callback. Now we can just
switch to the new API's for tc filters. This could get rid of a lot
of code.
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dealing with ingress rule on a netdev, if we did fine through the
conventional path, there's no need to continue into the egdev route,
and we can stop right there.
Not doing so may cause a 2nd rule to be added by the cls api layer
with the ingress being the egdev.
For example, under sriov switchdev scheme, a user rule of VFR A --> VFR B
will end up with two HW rules (1) VF A --> VF B and (2) uplink --> VF B
Fixes: 208c0f4b52 ('net: sched: use tc_setup_cb_call to call per-block callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial net_device implementation used ingress_lock spinlock to synchronize
ingress path of device. This lock was used in both process and bh context.
In some code paths action map lock was obtained while holding ingress_lock.
Commit e1e992e52f ("[NET_SCHED] protect action config/dump from irqs")
modified actions to always disable bh, while using action map lock, in
order to prevent deadlock on ingress_lock in softirq. This lock was removed
from net_device, so disabling bh, while accessing action map, is no longer
necessary.
Replace all action idr spinlock usage with regular calls that do not
disable bh.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous patch, for NOLOCK qdiscs, q->seqlock is
always held when the dequeue() is invoked, we can drop
any additional locking to protect such operation.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use lockdep on it.
The newly introduced sequence lock has the same scope of busylock,
so it shares the same lockdep annotation, but it's only used for
NOLOCK qdiscs.
With this changeset we acquire such lock in the control path around
flushing operation (qdisc reset), to allow more NOLOCK qdisc perf
improvement in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to what was done with commit a52956dfc5 ("net sched actions:
fix refcnt leak in skbmod"), fix the error path of tcf_vlan_init() to avoid
refcnt leaks when wrong value of TCA_VLAN_PUSH_VLAN_PROTOCOL is given.
Fixes: 5026c9b1ba ("net sched: vlan action fix late binding")
CC: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently NOLOCK qdiscs pay a measurable overhead to atomically
manipulate the __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING. Such bit is flipped twice per
packet in the uncontended scenario with packet rate below the
line rate: on packed dequeue and on the next, failing dequeue attempt.
This changeset moves the bit manipulation into the qdisc_run_{begin,end}
helpers, so that the bit is now flipped only once per packet, with
measurable performance improvement in the uncontended scenario.
This also allows simplifying the qdisc teardown code path - since
qdisc_is_running() is now effective for each qdisc type - and avoid a
possible race between qdisc_run() and dev_deactivate_many(), as now
the some_qdisc_is_busy() can properly detect NOLOCK qdiscs being busy
dequeuing packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a seq_file show
callback and drastically reduces the boilerplate code in the callers.
All trivial callers converted over.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
The bpf syscall and selftests conflicts were trivial
overlapping changes.
The r8169 change involved moving the added mdelay from 'net' into a
different function.
A TLS close bug fix overlapped with the splitting of the TLS state
into separate TX and RX parts. I just expanded the tests in the bug
fix from "ctx->conf == X" into "ctx->tx_conf == X && ctx->rx_conf
== X".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When application fails to pass flags in netlink TLV when replacing
existing skbmod action, the kernel will leak refcnt:
$ tc actions get action skbmod index 1
total acts 0
action order 0: skbmod pipe set smac 00:11:22:33:44:55
index 1 ref 1 bind 0
For example, at this point a buggy application replaces the action with
index 1 with new smac 00:aa:22:33:44:55, it fails because of zero flags,
however refcnt gets bumped:
$ tc actions get actions skbmod index 1
total acts 0
action order 0: skbmod pipe set smac 00:11:22:33:44:55
index 1 ref 2 bind 0
$
Tha patch fixes this by calling tcf_idr_release() on existing actions.
Fixes: 86da71b573 ("net_sched: Introduce skbmod action")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case modules are not configured, error out when tp->ops is null
and prevent later null pointer dereference.
Fixes: 33a48927c1 ("sched: push TC filter protocol creation into a separate function")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Normally, a socket can not be freed/reused unless all its TX packets
left qdisc and were TX-completed. However connect(AF_UNSPEC) allows
this to happen.
With commit fc59d5bdf1 ("pkt_sched: fq: clear time_next_packet for
reused flows") we cleared f->time_next_packet but took no special
action if the flow was still in the throttled rb-tree.
Since f->time_next_packet is the key used in the rb-tree searches,
blindly clearing it might break rb-tree integrity. We need to make
sure the flow is no longer in the rb-tree to avoid this problem.
Fixes: fc59d5bdf1 ("pkt_sched: fq: clear time_next_packet for reused flows")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently flower doesn't support inserting filters with different masks
on a single priority, even if the actual flows (key + mask) inserted
aren't overlapping, as with the use case of offloading openvswitch
datapath flows. Instead one must go up one level, and assign different
priorities for each mask, which will create a different flower
instances.
This patch opens flower to support more than one mask per priority,
and a single flower instance. It does so by adding another hash table
on top of the existing one which will store the different masks,
and the filters that share it.
The user is left with the responsibility of ensuring non overlapping
flows, otherwise precedence is not guaranteed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is currently no handling to check on a invalid tlv length. This
patch adds such handling to avoid killing the kernel with a malformed
ife packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to record stats for received metadata that we dont know how
to process. Have find_decode_metaid() return -ENOENT to capture this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we delete a u32 key via u32_delete_key(), we forget to
call idr_remove() to remove its handle from IDR.
Fixes: e7614370d6 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate u32 filter handles")
Reported-by: Marcin Kabiesz <admin@hostcenter.eu>
Tested-by: Marcin Kabiesz <admin@hostcenter.eu>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move messages emitting out of sch_tree_lock to avoid holding
this lock too long.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronous pernet_operations are not allowed anymore.
All are asynchronous. So, drop the structure member.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes a bug in the tcf_dump_walker function that can cause some actions
to not be reported when dumping a large number of actions. This issue
became more aggrevated when cookies feature was added. In particular
this issue is manifest when large cookie values are assigned to the
actions and when enough actions are created that the resulting table
must be dumped in multiple batches.
The number of actions returned in each batch is limited by the total
number of actions and the memory buffer size. With small cookies
the numeric limit is reached before the buffer size limit, which avoids
the code path triggering this bug. When large cookies are used buffer
fills before the numeric limit, and the erroneous code path is hit.
For example after creating 32 csum actions with the cookie
aaaabbbbccccdddd
$ tc actions ls action csum
total acts 26
action order 0: csum (tcp) action continue
index 1 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
.....
action order 25: csum (tcp) action continue
index 26 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
total acts 6
action order 0: csum (tcp) action continue
index 28 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
......
action order 5: csum (tcp) action continue
index 32 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
Note that the action with index 27 is omitted from the report.
Fixes: 4b3550ef53 ("[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_nest_start/nla_nest_end")"
Signed-off-by: Craig Dillabaugh <cdillaba@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the qdisc lock was dropped in pfifo_fast we allow multiple
enqueue threads and dequeue threads to run in parallel. On the
enqueue side the skb bit ooo_okay is used to ensure all related
skbs are enqueued in-order. On the dequeue side though there is
no similar logic. What we observe is with fewer queues than CPUs
it is possible to re-order packets when two instances of
__qdisc_run() are running in parallel. Each thread will dequeue
a skb and then whichever thread calls the ndo op first will
be sent on the wire. This doesn't typically happen because
qdisc_run() is usually triggered by the same core that did the
enqueue. However, drivers will trigger __netif_schedule()
when queues are transitioning from stopped to awake using the
netif_tx_wake_* APIs. When this happens netif_schedule() calls
qdisc_run() on the same CPU that did the netif_tx_wake_* which
is usually done in the interrupt completion context. This CPU
is selected with the irq affinity which is unrelated to the
enqueue operations.
To resolve this we add a RUNNING bit to the qdisc to ensure
only a single dequeue per qdisc is running. Enqueue and dequeue
operations can still run in parallel and also on multi queue
NICs we can still have a dequeue in-flight per qdisc, which
is typically per CPU.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use u16 in place of __be16 to suppress the following sparse warnings:
net/sched/act_vlan.c:150:26: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/sched/act_vlan.c:150:26: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] push_vid
net/sched/act_vlan.c:150:26: got unsigned short
net/sched/act_vlan.c:151:21: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/sched/act_vlan.c:208:26: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/sched/act_vlan.c:208:26: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] tcfv_push_vid
net/sched/act_vlan.c:208:26: got restricted __be16 [usertype] push_vid
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_cleanup() is no more used, so remove it.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_skbmod_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully reserved.
When this happens, every subsequent attempt to configure skbmod rules
using the same idr value will systematically fail with -ENOSPC, unless
the first attempt was done using the 'replace' keyword:
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in tcf_skbmod_init(), ensuring that tcf_idr_release() is called
on the error path when the idr has been reserved, but not yet inserted.
Also, don't test 'ovr' in the error path, to avoid a 'replace' failure
implicitly become a 'delete' that leaks refcount in act_skbmod module:
# rmmod act_skbmod; modprobe act_skbmod
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac continue index 100
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action replace action skbmod swap mac continue index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action list action skbmod
#
# rmmod act_skbmod
rmmod: ERROR: Module act_skbmod is in use
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_vlan_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully reserved.
When this happens, every subsequent attempt to configure vlan rules using
the same idr value will systematically fail with -ENOSPC, unless the first
attempt was done using the 'replace' keyword.
# tc action add action vlan pop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action vlan pop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action vlan pop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in tcf_vlan_init(), ensuring that tcf_idr_release() is called on
the error path when the idr has been reserved, but not yet inserted. Also,
don't test 'ovr' in the error path, to avoid a 'replace' failure implicitly
become a 'delete' that leaks refcount in act_vlan module:
# rmmod act_vlan; modprobe act_vlan
# tc action add action vlan push id 5 index 100
# tc action replace action vlan push id 7 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action list action vlan
#
# rmmod act_vlan
rmmod: ERROR: Module act_vlan is in use
Fixes: 4c5b9d9642 ("act_vlan: VLAN action rewrite to use RCU lock/unlock and update")
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__tcf_ipt_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully reserved.
When this happens, subsequent attempts to configure xt/ipt rules using
the same idr value systematically fail with -ENOSPC:
# tc action add action xt -j LOG --log-prefix test1 index 100
tablename: mangle hook: NF_IP_POST_ROUTING
target: LOG level warning prefix "test1" index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
Command "(null)" is unknown, try "tc actions help".
# tc action add action xt -j LOG --log-prefix test1 index 100
tablename: mangle hook: NF_IP_POST_ROUTING
target: LOG level warning prefix "test1" index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
Command "(null)" is unknown, try "tc actions help".
# tc action add action xt -j LOG --log-prefix test1 index 100
tablename: mangle hook: NF_IP_POST_ROUTING
target: LOG level warning prefix "test1" index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in the error path of __tcf_ipt_init(), calling tcf_idr_release()
in place of tcf_idr_cleanup(). Since tcf_ipt_release() can now be called
when tcfi_t is NULL, we also need to protect calls to ipt_destroy_target()
to avoid NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_pedit_init() can fail to allocate 'keys' after the idr has been
successfully reserved. When this happens, subsequent attempts to configure
a pedit rule using the same idr value systematically fail with -ENOSPC:
# tc action add action pedit munge ip ttl set 63 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action pedit munge ip ttl set 63 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action pedit munge ip ttl set 63 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in the error path of tcf_act_pedit_init(), calling
tcf_idr_release() in place of tcf_idr_cleanup().
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_act_police_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully
reserved (e.g., qdisc_get_rtab() may return NULL). When this happens,
subsequent attempts to configure a police rule using the same idr value
systematiclly fail with -ENOSPC:
# tc action add action police rate 1000 burst 1000 drop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action police rate 1000 burst 1000 drop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action police rate 1000 burst 1000 drop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
...
Fix this in the error path of tcf_act_police_init(), calling
tcf_idr_release() in place of tcf_idr_cleanup().
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if the kernel fails to duplicate 'sdata', creation of a new action fails
with -ENOMEM. However, subsequent attempts to install the same action
using the same value of 'index' systematically fail with -ENOSPC, and
that value of 'index' will no more be usable by act_simple, until rmmod /
insmod of act_simple.ko is done:
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
# tc actions list action simple
action order 0: Simple <hello>
index 100 ref 1 bind 0
# tc actions flush action simple
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc actions flush action simple
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in the error path of tcf_simp_init(), calling tcf_idr_release()
in place of tcf_idr_cleanup().
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when the following command sequence is entered
# tc action add action bpf bytecode '4,40 0 0 12,31 0 1 2048,6 0 0 262144,6 0 0 0' index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action bpf bytecode '4,40 0 0 12,21 0 1 2048,6 0 0 262144,6 0 0 0' index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
act_bpf correctly refuses to install the first TC rule, because 31 is not
a valid instruction. However, it refuses to install the second TC rule,
even if the BPF code is correct. Furthermore, it's no more possible to
install any other rule having the same value of 'index' until act_bpf
module is unloaded/inserted again. After the idr has been reserved, call
tcf_idr_release() instead of tcf_idr_cleanup(), to fix this issue.
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported one use-after-free in pfifo_fast_enqueue() [1]
Issue here is that we can not reuse skb after a successful skb_array_produce()
since another cpu might have consumed it already.
I believe a similar problem exists in try_bulk_dequeue_skb_slow()
in case we put an skb into qdisc_enqueue_skb_bad_txq() for lockless qdisc.
[1]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in qdisc_pkt_len include/net/sch_generic.h:610 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in qdisc_qstats_cpu_backlog_inc include/net/sch_generic.h:712 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in pfifo_fast_enqueue+0x4bc/0x5e0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:639
Read of size 4 at addr ffff8801cede37e8 by task syzkaller717588/5543
CPU: 1 PID: 5543 Comm: syzkaller717588 Not tainted 4.16.0-rc4+ #265
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:17 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x24d lib/dump_stack.c:53
print_address_description+0x73/0x250 mm/kasan/report.c:256
kasan_report_error mm/kasan/report.c:354 [inline]
kasan_report+0x23c/0x360 mm/kasan/report.c:412
__asan_report_load4_noabort+0x14/0x20 mm/kasan/report.c:432
qdisc_pkt_len include/net/sch_generic.h:610 [inline]
qdisc_qstats_cpu_backlog_inc include/net/sch_generic.h:712 [inline]
pfifo_fast_enqueue+0x4bc/0x5e0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:639
__dev_xmit_skb net/core/dev.c:3216 [inline]
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot+ed43b6903ab968b16f54@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As well as the basic conversion, I noticed that a lot of the
SCTP code checks gso_type without first checking skb_is_gso()
so I have added that where appropriate.
Also, document the helper.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce routines to calculate size of the shared tc netlink attributes
and the full message size including netlink header and tc service header.
Update add/delete action logic to have the size for event messages,
the size is passed to tcf_add_notify() and tcf_del_notify() where the
notification message is being allocated and constructed.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function argument to carry total attributes size for
correct allocation of skb in event messages.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting firstfrag as matching option in tc flower classifier.
# tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower indev eth0 \
ip_flags firstfrag
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we exceed current packets limit and we have more than one
segment in the list returned by skb_gso_segment(), netem drops
only the first one, skipping the rest, hence kmemleak reports:
unreferenced object 0xffff880b5d23b600 (size 1024):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4384527763 (age 2770.629s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 80 23 5d 0b 88 ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ..#]............
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<00000000d8a19b9d>] __alloc_skb+0xc9/0x520
[<000000001709b32f>] skb_segment+0x8c8/0x3710
[<00000000c7b9bb88>] tcp_gso_segment+0x331/0x1830
[<00000000c921cba1>] inet_gso_segment+0x476/0x1370
[<000000008b762dd4>] skb_mac_gso_segment+0x1f9/0x510
[<000000002182660a>] __skb_gso_segment+0x1dd/0x620
[<00000000412651b9>] netem_enqueue+0x1536/0x2590 [sch_netem]
[<0000000005d3b2a9>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1167/0x2120
[<00000000fc5f7327>] ip_finish_output2+0x998/0xf00
[<00000000d309e9d3>] ip_output+0x1aa/0x2c0
[<000000007ecbd3a4>] tcp_transmit_skb+0x18db/0x3670
[<0000000042d2a45f>] tcp_write_xmit+0x4d4/0x58c0
[<0000000056a44199>] tcp_tasklet_func+0x3d9/0x540
[<0000000013d06d02>] tasklet_action+0x1ca/0x250
[<00000000fcde0b8b>] __do_softirq+0x1b4/0x5a3
[<00000000e7ed027c>] irq_exit+0x1e2/0x210
Fix it by adding the rest of the segments, if any, to skb 'to_free'
list. Add new __qdisc_drop_all() and qdisc_drop_all() functions
because they can be useful in the future if we need to drop segmented
GSO packets in other places.
Fixes: 6071bd1aa1 ("netem: Segment GSO packets on enqueue")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the
resouce size_params have become a struct member rather
than a pointer to such an object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tbf_enqueue() checks the size of a packet before enqueuing it.
However, the GSO size check does not consider the GSO_BY_FRAGS
case, and so will drop GSO SCTP packets, causing a massive drop
in throughput.
Use skb_gso_validate_mac_len() instead, as it does consider that
case.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload sch_prio graft command for capable drivers.
Warn in case of a failure, unless the graft was done as part of a destroy
operation (the new qdisc is a noop) or if all the qdiscs (the parent, the
old child, and the new one) are not offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the number the bands of sch_prio is decreased, child qdiscs on the
deleted bands would get deleted as well.
This change and deletions are being done under sch_tree_lock of the
sch_prio qdisc. Part of the destruction of qdisc is unoffloading it, if
it is offloaded. Un-offloading can't be done inside this lock.
Move the offload command to be done before reducing the number of bands,
so unoffloading of the qdiscs that are about to be deleted could be done
outside of the lock.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offloaded qdiscs are allowed to expose only parts of their statistics.
It means that if backlog is being exposed and qlen is not, it might trigger
a warning in qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog.
Do not warn in case the qdisc that was removed was an offloaded one.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These pernet_operations are from net/sched directory, and they call only
tc_action_net_init() and tc_action_net_exit():
bpf_net_ops
connmark_net_ops
csum_net_ops
gact_net_ops
ife_net_ops
ipt_net_ops
xt_net_ops
mirred_net_ops
nat_net_ops
pedit_net_ops
police_net_ops
sample_net_ops
simp_net_ops
skbedit_net_ops
skbmod_net_ops
tunnel_key_net_ops
vlan_net_ops
1)tc_action_net_init() just allocates and initializes per-net memory.
2)There should not be in-flight packets at the time of tc_action_net_exit()
call, or another pernet_operations send packets to dying net (except
netlink). So, it seems they can be marked as async.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These pernet_operations make pretty simple actions
like variable initialization on init, debug checks
on exit, and so on, and they obviously are able
to be executed in parallel with any others:
vrf_net_ops
lockd_net_ops
grace_net_ops
xfrm6_tunnel_net_ops
kcm_net_ops
tcf_net_ops
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit a new tc ematch for using netfilter xtable matches.
This allows early classification as well as mirroning/redirecting traffic
based on logic implemented in netfilter extensions.
Current supported use case is classification based on the incoming IPSec
state used during decpsulation using the 'policy' iptables extension
(xt_policy).
The module dynamically fetches the netfilter match module and calls
it using a fake xt_action_param structure based on validated userspace
provided parameters.
As the xt_policy match does not access skb->data, no skb modifications
are needed on match.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, if the filter was too large to fit in the allocated skb, the
kernel did not return any error and stopped dumping. Modify the dumper
so that it returns -EMSGSIZE when a filter fails to dump and it is the
first filter in the skb. If we are not first, we will get a next chance
with more room.
I understand this is pretty near to being an API change, but the
original design (silent truncation) can be considered a bug.
Note: The error case can happen pretty easily if you create a filter
with 32 actions and have 4kb pages. Also recent versions of iproute try
to be clever with their buffer allocation size, which in turn leads to
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for TC mirred action.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for a common used TC act function
"tcf_generic_walker()" to add an extack message on failures.
The tcf_generic_walker() function can fail if get a invalid command
different than DEL and GET. The naming "action" here is wrong, the
correct naming would be command.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act walker callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act lookup callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act init callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for generic act handling. The extack
will be set deeper to each called function which is not part of netdev
core api.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tca_action_flush() calls the action walk() and gets an error,
a successful call to nla_nest_start() is not followed by a call to
nla_nest_cancel(). It's harmless, as the skb is freed in the error
path - but it's worth to fix this unbalance.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offending commit wrongly assumes 1:1 mapping between block and q.
However, there are multiple blocks for a single q for classful qdiscs.
Since the obscure tc_u_common sharing mechanism expects it to be shared
among a qdisc, fix it by storing q pointer in case the block is not
shared.
Reported-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Fixes: 7fa9d974f3 ("net: sched: cls_u32: use block instead of q in tc_u_common")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is pointless to set block->q for block which are shared among
multiple qdiscs. So remove the assignment in that case. Do a bit of code
reshuffle to make block->index initialized at that point so we can use
tcf_block_shared() helper.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Fixes: 4861738775 ("net: sched: introduce shared filter blocks infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
psched_net_ops only creates and destroyes /proc entry,
and safe to be executed in parallel with any foreigh
pernet_operations.
tcf_action_net_ops initializes and destructs tcf_action_net::egdev_ht,
which is not touched by foreign pernet_operations.
So, make them async.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Make allocations less aggressive in x_tables, from Minchal Hocko.
2) Fix netfilter flowtable Kconfig deps, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
3) Fix connection loss problems in rtlwifi, from Larry Finger.
4) Correct DRAM dump length for some chips in ath10k driver, from Yu
Wang.
5) Fix ABORT handling in rxrpc, from David Howells.
6) Add SPDX tags to Sun networking drivers, from Shannon Nelson.
7) Some ipv6 onlink handling fixes, from David Ahern.
8) Netem packet scheduler interval calcualtion fix from Md. Islam.
9) Don't put crypto buffers on-stack in rxrpc, from David Howells.
10) Fix handling of error non-delivery status in netlink multicast
delivery over multiple namespaces, from Nicolas Dichtel.
11) Missing xdp flush in tuntap driver, from Jason Wang.
12) Synchonize RDS protocol netns/module teardown with rds object
management, from Sowini Varadhan.
13) Add nospec annotations to mpls, from Dan Williams.
14) Fix SKB truesize handling in TIPC, from Hoang Le.
15) Interrupt masking fixes in stammc from Niklas Cassel.
16) Don't allow ptr_ring objects to be sized outside of kmalloc's
limits, from Jason Wang.
17) Don't allow SCTP chunks to be built which will have a length
exceeding the chunk header's 16-bit length field, from Alexey
Kodanev.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (82 commits)
ibmvnic: Remove skb->protocol checks in ibmvnic_xmit
bpf: fix rlimit in reuseport net selftest
sctp: verify size of a new chunk in _sctp_make_chunk()
s390/qeth: fix SETIP command handling
s390/qeth: fix underestimated count of buffer elements
ptr_ring: try vmalloc() when kmalloc() fails
ptr_ring: fail early if queue occupies more than KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE
net: stmmac: remove redundant enable of PMT irq
net: stmmac: rename GMAC_INT_DEFAULT_MASK for dwmac4
net: stmmac: discard disabled flags in interrupt status register
ibmvnic: Reset long term map ID counter
tools/libbpf: handle issues with bpf ELF objects containing .eh_frames
selftests/bpf: add selftest that use test_libbpf_open
selftests/bpf: add test program for loading BPF ELF files
tools/libbpf: improve the pr_debug statements to contain section numbers
bpf: Sync kernel ABI header with tooling header for bpf_common.h
net: phy: fix phy_start to consider PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT
net: thunder: change q_len's type to handle max ring size
tipc: fix skb truesize/datasize ratio control
net/sched: cls_u32: fix cls_u32 on filter replace
...
Pull idr updates from Matthew Wilcox:
- test-suite improvements
- replace the extended API by improving the normal API
- performance improvement for IDRs which are 1-based rather than
0-based
- add documentation
* 'idr-2018-02-06' of git://git.infradead.org/users/willy/linux-dax:
idr: Add documentation
idr: Make 1-based IDRs more efficient
idr: Warn if old iterators see large IDs
idr: Rename idr_for_each_entry_ext
idr: Remove idr_alloc_ext
cls_u32: Convert to idr_alloc_u32
cls_u32: Reinstate cyclic allocation
cls_flower: Convert to idr_alloc_u32
cls_bpf: Convert to use idr_alloc_u32
cls_basic: Convert to use idr_alloc_u32
cls_api: Convert to idr_alloc_u32
net sched actions: Convert to use idr_alloc_u32
idr: Add idr_alloc_u32 helper
idr: Delete idr_find_ext function
idr: Delete idr_replace_ext function
idr: Delete idr_remove_ext function
IDR test suite: Check handling negative end correctly
idr test suite: Fix ida_test_random()
radix tree test suite: Remove ARRAY_SIZE
The following sequence is currently broken:
# tc qdisc add dev foo ingress
# tc filter replace dev foo protocol all ingress \
u32 match u8 0 0 action mirred egress mirror dev bar1
# tc filter replace dev foo protocol all ingress \
handle 800::800 pref 49152 \
u32 match u8 0 0 action mirred egress mirror dev bar2
Error: cls_u32: Key node flags do not match passed flags.
We have an error talking to the kernel, -1
The error comes from u32_change() when comparing new and
existing flags. The existing ones always contains one of
TCA_CLS_FLAGS_{,NOT}_IN_HW flag depending on offloading state.
These flags cannot be passed from userspace so the condition
(n->flags != flags) in u32_change() always fails.
Fix the condition so the flags TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW and
TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW are not taken into account.
Fixes: 24d3dc6d27 ("net/sched: cls_u32: Reflect HW offload status")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Kernel 4.15.0+, Netem does not work properly.
Netem setup:
tc qdisc add dev h1-eth0 root handle 1: netem delay 10ms 2ms
Result:
PING 172.16.101.2 (172.16.101.2) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=22.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=10.9 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=10.9 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=5 ttl=64 time=11.4 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=6 ttl=64 time=11.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=4303 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=10 ttl=64 time=11.2 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=11 ttl=64 time=10.3 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=7 ttl=64 time=4304 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=8 ttl=64 time=4303 ms
Patch:
(rnd % (2 * sigma)) - sigma was overflowing s32. After applying the
patch, I found following output which is desirable.
PING 172.16.101.2 (172.16.101.2) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=21.1 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=8.46 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=9.00 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=11.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=5 ttl=64 time=8.36 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=6 ttl=64 time=11.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=7 ttl=64 time=8.11 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=8 ttl=64 time=10.0 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=9 ttl=64 time=11.3 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=10 ttl=64 time=11.5 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=11 ttl=64 time=10.2 ms
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most places in the kernel that we need to distinguish functions by the
type of their arguments, we use '_ul' as a suffix for the unsigned long
variant, not '_ext'. Also add kernel-doc.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
No real benefit to this classifier, but since we're allocating a u32
anyway, we should use this function.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Commit e7614370d6 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate u32 filter handles)
converted htid allocation to use the IDR. The ID allocated by this
scheme changes; it used to be cyclic, but now always allocates the
lowest available. The IDR supports cyclic allocation, so just use
the right function.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Use the new helper. Also untangle the error path, and in so doing
noticed that estimator generator failure would lead to us leaking an
ID. Fix that bug.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Changing idr_replace's 'id' argument to 'unsigned long' works for all
callers. Callers which passed a negative ID now get -ENOENT instead of
-EINVAL. No callers relied on this error value.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Li Shuang reported an Oops with cls_u32 due to an use-after-free
in u32_destroy_key(). The use-after-free can be triggered with:
dev=lo
tc qdisc add dev $dev root handle 1: htb default 10
tc filter add dev $dev parent 1: prio 5 handle 1: protocol ip u32 divisor 256
tc filter add dev $dev protocol ip parent 1: prio 5 u32 ht 800:: match ip dst\
10.0.0.0/8 hashkey mask 0x0000ff00 at 16 link 1:
tc qdisc del dev $dev root
Which causes the following kasan splat:
==================================================================
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in u32_destroy_key.constprop.21+0x117/0x140 [cls_u32]
Read of size 4 at addr ffff881b83dae618 by task kworker/u48:5/571
CPU: 17 PID: 571 Comm: kworker/u48:5 Not tainted 4.15.0+ #87
Hardware name: Dell Inc. PowerEdge R730/072T6D, BIOS 2.1.7 06/16/2016
Workqueue: tc_filter_workqueue u32_delete_key_freepf_work [cls_u32]
Call Trace:
dump_stack+0xd6/0x182
? dma_virt_map_sg+0x22e/0x22e
print_address_description+0x73/0x290
kasan_report+0x277/0x360
? u32_destroy_key.constprop.21+0x117/0x140 [cls_u32]
u32_destroy_key.constprop.21+0x117/0x140 [cls_u32]
u32_delete_key_freepf_work+0x1c/0x30 [cls_u32]
process_one_work+0xae0/0x1c80
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? pwq_dec_nr_in_flight+0x3c0/0x3c0
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x381/0x570
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? finish_task_switch+0x1e5/0x760
? finish_task_switch+0x208/0x760
? preempt_notifier_dec+0x20/0x20
? __schedule+0x839/0x1ee0
? check_noncircular+0x20/0x20
? firmware_map_remove+0x73/0x73
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1c0
? worker_thread+0x434/0x1820
? lock_contended+0xee0/0xee0
? lock_release+0x1100/0x1100
? init_rescuer.part.16+0x150/0x150
? retint_kernel+0x10/0x10
worker_thread+0x216/0x1820
? process_one_work+0x1c80/0x1c80
? lock_acquire+0x1a5/0x540
? lock_downgrade+0x6b0/0x6b0
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? lock_release+0x1100/0x1100
? compat_start_thread+0x80/0x80
? do_raw_spin_trylock+0x190/0x190
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x381/0x570
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? finish_task_switch+0x1e5/0x760
? finish_task_switch+0x208/0x760
? preempt_notifier_dec+0x20/0x20
? __schedule+0x839/0x1ee0
? kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x143/0x320
? firmware_map_remove+0x73/0x73
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1c0
? schedule+0xf3/0x3b0
? lock_downgrade+0x6b0/0x6b0
? __schedule+0x1ee0/0x1ee0
? do_wait_intr_irq+0x340/0x340
? do_raw_spin_trylock+0x190/0x190
? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x32/0x60
? process_one_work+0x1c80/0x1c80
? process_one_work+0x1c80/0x1c80
kthread+0x312/0x3d0
? kthread_create_worker_on_cpu+0xc0/0xc0
ret_from_fork+0x3a/0x50
Allocated by task 1688:
kasan_kmalloc+0xa0/0xd0
__kmalloc+0x162/0x380
u32_change+0x1220/0x3c9e [cls_u32]
tc_ctl_tfilter+0x1ba6/0x2f80
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x4f0/0x9d0
netlink_rcv_skb+0x124/0x320
netlink_unicast+0x430/0x600
netlink_sendmsg+0x8fa/0xd60
sock_sendmsg+0xb1/0xe0
___sys_sendmsg+0x678/0x980
__sys_sendmsg+0xc4/0x210
do_syscall_64+0x232/0x7f0
return_from_SYSCALL_64+0x0/0x75
Freed by task 112:
kasan_slab_free+0x71/0xc0
kfree+0x114/0x320
rcu_process_callbacks+0xc3f/0x1600
__do_softirq+0x2bf/0xc06
The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff881b83dae600
which belongs to the cache kmalloc-4096 of size 4096
The buggy address is located 24 bytes inside of
4096-byte region [ffff881b83dae600, ffff881b83daf600)
The buggy address belongs to the page:
page:ffffea006e0f6a00 count:1 mapcount:0 mapping: (null) index:0x0 compound_mapcount: 0
flags: 0x17ffffc0008100(slab|head)
raw: 0017ffffc0008100 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000100070007
raw: dead000000000100 dead000000000200 ffff880187c0e600 0000000000000000
page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected
Memory state around the buggy address:
ffff881b83dae500: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
ffff881b83dae580: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
>ffff881b83dae600: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
^
ffff881b83dae680: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
ffff881b83dae700: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
==================================================================
The problem is that the htnode is freed before the linked knodes and the
latter will try to access the first at u32_destroy_key() time.
This change addresses the issue using the htnode refcnt to guarantee
the correct free order. While at it also add a RCU annotation,
to keep sparse happy.
v1 -> v2: use rtnl_derefence() instead of RCU read locks
v2 -> v3:
- don't check refcnt in u32_destroy_hnode()
- cleaned-up u32_destroy() implementation
- cleaned-up code comment
v3 -> v4:
- dropped unneeded comment
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Fixes: c0d378ef12 ("net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in u32 filter")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a couple of points of the control path, n->ht_down is currently
accessed without the required RCU annotation. The accesses are
safe, but sparse complaints. Since we already held the
rtnl lock, let use rtnl_dereference().
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Fixes: de5df63228 ("net: sched: cls_u32 changes to knode must appear atomic to readers")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you take a GSO skb, and split it into packets, will the MAC
length (L2 + L3 + L4 headers + payload) of those packets be small
enough to fit within a given length?
Move skb_gso_mac_seglen() to skbuff.h with other related functions
like skb_gso_network_seglen() so we can use it, and then create
skb_gso_validate_mac_len to do the full calculation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Blank help texts are probably either a typo, a Kconfig misunderstanding,
or some kind of half-committing to adding a help text (in which case a
TODO comment would be clearer, if the help text really can't be added
right away).
Best to remove them, IMO.
Signed-off-by: Ulf Magnusson <ulfalizer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pfifo_fast used to drop based on qdisc_dev(qdisc)->tx_queue_len,
so we have to resize skb array when we change tx_queue_len.
Other qdiscs which read tx_queue_len are fine because they
all save it to sch->limit or somewhere else in qdisc during init.
They don't have to implement this, it is nicer if they do so
that users don't have to re-configure qdisc after changing
tx_queue_len.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new qdisc ops ->change_tx_queue_len() so that
each qdisc could decide how to implement this if it wants.
Previously we simply read dev->tx_queue_len, after pfifo_fast
switches to skb array, we need this API to resize the skb array
when we change dev->tx_queue_len.
To avoid handling race conditions with TX BH, we need to
deactivate all TX queues before change the value and bring them
back after we are done, this also makes implementation easier.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter. Don't pass
extack from error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw. hnodes need to
hold onto the flags now to be able to reuse them
on filter removal.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter. Don't pass
extack from error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter. Don't pass
extack from error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf now guarantees that only device-bound programs are
allowed with skip_sw. The drivers no longer pay attention to
flags on filter load, therefore the bpf_offload member can be
removed. If flags are needed again they should probably be
added to struct tc_cls_common_offload instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tc_cls_common_offload_init() helper function to
tc_cls_common_offload_init_deprecated() and add a new implementation
which also takes flags argument. We will only set extack if flags
indicate that offload is forced (skip_sw) otherwise driver errors
should be ignored, as they don't influence the overall filter
installation.
Note that we need the tc_skip_hw() helper for new version, therefore
it is added later in the file.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack to cls->destroy callbacks when called from
non-error paths. On error paths pass NULL to avoid overwriting
the failure message.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'ptr' is shifted by the offset and then validated,
the memcmp should not add it a second time.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,unlock}_bh() to protect concurrent read/write on
act_csum configuration, to reduce the effects of contention in the data
path when multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use per-CPU counters, like other TC actions do, instead of maintaining one
set of stats across all cores. This allows updating act_csum stats without
the need of protecting them using spin_{,un}lock_bh() invocations.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack support for hardware offload of classifiers. In order
to achieve this, a pointer to a struct netlink_ext_ack is added to the
struct tc_cls_common_offload that is passed to the callback for setting
up the classifier. Function tc_cls_common_offload_init() is updated to
support initialization of this new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extack pointer obtained in the `->change()` filter operation to
cls_bpf_offload() and then to cls_bpf_offload_cmd(). This makes it
possible to use this extack pointer in drivers offloading BPF programs
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the extack pointer from the `->change()` classifier operation
to the function used for filter replacement in cls_u32. This makes it
possible to use netlink extack messages in the future at replacement
time for this filter, although it is not used at this point.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the extack pointer from the `->change()` classifier operation
to the function used for filter replacement in cls_matchall. This makes
it possible to use netlink extack messages in the future at replacement
time for this filter, although it is not used at this point.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the extack pointer from the `->change()` classifier operation
to the function used for filter replacement in cls_flower. This makes it
possible to use netlink extack messages in the future at replacement
time for this filter, although it is not used at this point.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose the number of times the link has been going UP or DOWN, and
update the "carrier_changes" counter to be the sum of these two events.
While at it, also update the sysfs-class-net documentation to cover:
carrier_changes (3.15), carrier_up_count (4.16) and carrier_down_count
(4.16)
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
[Florian:
* rebase
* add documentation
* merge carrier_changes with up/down counters]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BPF verifier conflict was some minor contextual issue.
The TUN conflict was less trivial. Cong Wang fixed a memory leak of
tfile->tx_array in 'net'. This is an skb_array. But meanwhile in
net-next tun changed tfile->tx_arry into tfile->tx_ring which is a
ptr_ring.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the u32 classifier as example for
delete and init callback.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for the tcf_change_indev function which
is common used by TC classifier implementations.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier delete callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcf_exts_validate function calls the act api change callback. For
preparing extack support for act api, this patch adds the extack as
parameter for this function which is common used in cls implementations.
Furthermore the tcf_exts_validate will call action init callback which
prepares the TC action subsystem for extack support.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier change callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for generic cls handling. The extack
will be set deeper to each called function which is not part of netdev
core api.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes some code style issues pointed out by checkpatch
inside the TC cls subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-4.4.4 has problems witn anon union initializers. Work around this.
net/sched/sch_prio.c: In function 'prio_dump_offload':
net/sched/sch_prio.c:260: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_prio.c:260: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
net/sched/sch_prio.c:261: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_prio.c:261: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
Fixes: 7fdb61b44c ("net: sch: prio: Add offload ability to PRIO qdisc")
Cc: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcm->tcm_ifindex == TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK, parent is still passed
down but the value is never used. Compiler does not recognize it and
issues a warning. Silence it down initializing parent to 0.
Fixes: 7960d1daf2 ("net: sched: use block index as a handle instead of qdisc when block is shared")
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running the following sequence is currently broken:
# tc qdisc add dev foo clsact
# tc filter replace dev foo ingress prio 1 handle 1 bpf da obj bar.o
# tc filter replace dev foo ingress prio 1 handle 1 bpf da obj bar.o
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
The normal expectation on kernel side is that the second command
succeeds replacing the existing program. However, what happens is
in cls_bpf_change(), we bail out with err in the second run in
cls_bpf_offload(). The EINVAL comes directly in cls_bpf_offload()
when comparing prog vs oldprog's gen_flags. In case of above
replace the new prog's gen_flags are 0, but the old ones are 8,
which means TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW is set (e.g. drivers not having
cls_bpf offload).
Fix 102740bd94 ("cls_bpf: fix offload assumptions after callback
conversion") in the following way: gen_flags from user space passed
down via netlink cannot include status flags like TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW
or TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW as opposed to oldprog that we previously
loaded. Therefore, it doesn't make any sense to include them in the
gen_flags comparison with the new prog before we even attempt to
offload. Thus, lets fix this before 4.15 goes out.
Fixes: 102740bd94 ("cls_bpf: fix offload assumptions after callback conversion")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the previously introduced shared filter blocks
infrastructure and allow ingress and clsact qdisc instances to share
filter blocks. The block index is coming from userspace as qdisc option.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two new attributes to be used for qdisc creation and dumping.
One for ingress block, one for egress block. Introduce a set of ops that
qdisc which supports block sharing would implement.
Passing block indexes in qdisc change is not supported yet and it is
checked and forbidded.
In future, these attributes are to be reused for specifying block
indexes for classes as well. As of this moment however, it is not
supported so a check is in place to forbid it.
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the tcm_ifindex with value TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK is invalid ifindex,
use it to indicate that we work with block, instead of qdisc.
So if tcm_ifindex is set to TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK, tcm_parent is used
to carry block_index.
If the block is set to be shared between at least 2 qdiscs, it is
forbidden to use the qdisc handle to add/delete filters. In that case,
userspace has to pass block_index.
Also, for dump of the filters, in case the block is shared in between at
least 2 qdiscs, the each filter is dumped with tcm_ifindex value
TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK and tcm_parent set to block_index. That gives
the user clear indication, that the filter belongs to a shared block
and not only to one qdisc under which it is dumped.
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During block bind, we need to check tc offload feature. If it is
disabled yet still the block contains offloaded filters, forbid the
bind. Also forbid to register callback for a block that already
contains offloaded filters, as the play back is not supported now.
For keeping track of offloaded filters there is a new counter
introduced, alongside with couple of helpers called from cls_* code.
These helpers set and clear TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both are no longer used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple of classifiers call netif_keep_dst directly on q->dev. That is
not possible to do directly for shared blocke where multiple qdiscs are
owning the block. So introduce a infrastructure to keep track of the
block owners in list and use this list to implement block variant of
netif_keep_dst.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use block index in the messages instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow qdiscs to share filter blocks among them. Each qdisc type has to
use block get/put extended modifications that enable sharing.
Shared blocks are tracked within each net namespace and identified
by u32 index. This index is passed from user during the qdisc creation.
If user passes index that is not used by any other qdisc, new block
is created. If user passes index that is already used, the existing
block will be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there was possible only to register a single filter chain
pointer to block->chain[0]. However, when the blocks will get shareable,
we need to allow multiple filter chain pointers registration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0dfb33a0d7 ("sch_red: report backlog information") copied
child's backlog into RED's backlog. Back then RED did not maintain
its own backlog counts. This has changed after commit 2ccccf5fb4
("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too") and commit d7f4f332f0
("sch_red: update backlog as well"). Copying is no longer necessary.
Tested:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth0
qdisc red 1: root refcnt 2 limit 400000b min 30000b max 30000b ecn
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
marked 0 early 0 pdrop 0 other 0
qdisc tbf 2: parent 1: rate 1Kbit burst 15000b lat 3585.0s
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 138 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
Recently RED offload was added. We need to make sure drivers don't
depend on resetting the stats. This means backlog should be treated
like any other statistic:
total_stat = new_hw_stat - prev_hw_stat;
Adjust mlxsw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on fixing another bug, I ran into the following panic
on arm64 by simply attaching clsact qdisc, adding a filter and running
traffic on ingress to it:
[...]
[ 178.188591] Unable to handle kernel read from unreadable memory at virtual address 810fb501f000
[ 178.197314] Mem abort info:
[ 178.200121] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 178.203168] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 178.209095] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 178.212157] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 178.215288] Data abort info:
[ 178.218175] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 178.222019] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 178.224997] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgd = 0000000023cb3f33
[ 178.231531] [0000810fb501f000] *pgd=0000000000000000
[ 178.236508] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 178.311855] CPU: 73 PID: 2497 Comm: ping Tainted: G W 4.15.0-rc7+ #5
[ 178.319413] Hardware name: FOXCONN R2-1221R-A4/C2U4N_MB, BIOS G31FB18A 03/31/2017
[ 178.326887] pstate: 60400005 (nZCv daif +PAN -UAO)
[ 178.331685] pc : __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.336728] lr : __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.341161] sp : ffff00002344b750
[ 178.344465] x29: ffff00002344b750 x28: ffff810fbdfd0580
[ 178.349769] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff000009378000
[...]
[ 178.418715] x1 : 0000000000000054 x0 : 0000000000000000
[ 178.424020] Process ping (pid: 2497, stack limit = 0x000000009f0a3ff4)
[ 178.430537] Call trace:
[ 178.432976] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.437670] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.441757] process_backlog+0x9c/0x160
[ 178.445584] net_rx_action+0x2f8/0x3f0
[...]
Reason is that sch_ingress and sch_clsact are doing mini_qdisc_pair_init()
which sets up miniq pointers to cpu_{b,q}stats from the underlying qdisc.
Problem is that this cannot work since they are actually set up right after
the qdisc ->init() callback in qdisc_create(), so first packet going into
sch_handle_ingress() tries to call mini_qdisc_bstats_cpu_update() and we
therefore panic.
In order to fix this, allocation of {b,q}stats needs to happen before we
call into ->init(). In net-next, there's already such option through commit
d59f5ffa59 ("net: sched: a dflt qdisc may be used with per cpu stats").
However, the bug needs to be fixed in net still for 4.15. Thus, include
these bits to reduce any merge churn and reuse the static_flags field to
set TCQ_F_CPUSTATS, and remove the allocation from qdisc_create() since
there is no other user left. Prashant Bhole ran into the same issue but
for net-next, thus adding him below as well as co-author. Same issue was
also reported by Sandipan Das when using bcc.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath")
Reference: https://lists.iovisor.org/pipermail/iovisor-dev/2018-January/001190.html
Reported-by: Sandipan Das <sandipan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Co-authored-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Co-authored-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc has been ignoring struct file_operations::owner field for 10 years.
Specifically, it started with commit 786d7e1612
("Fix rmmod/read/write races in /proc entries"). Notice the chunk where
inode->i_fop is initialized with proxy struct file_operations for
regular files:
- if (de->proc_fops)
- inode->i_fop = de->proc_fops;
+ if (de->proc_fops) {
+ if (S_ISREG(inode->i_mode))
+ inode->i_fop = &proc_reg_file_ops;
+ else
+ inode->i_fop = de->proc_fops;
+ }
VFS stopped pinning module at this point.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload PRIO qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are three commands for PRIO offloading:
* TC_PRIO_REPLACE: handles set and tune
* TC_PRIO_DESTROY: handles qdisc destroy
* TC_PRIO_STATS: updates the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
Like RED qdisc, the indication of whether PRIO is being offloaded is being
set and updated as part of the dump function. It is so because the driver
could decide to offload or not based on the qdisc parent, which could
change without notifying the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the value of the xstats requested from the driver for offloaded RED
to be incremental, like the normal stats.
It increases consistency - if a qdisc stops being offloaded its xstats
don't change.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dev_requeue_skb() is called with bulked skb list, only the
first skb of the list will be requeued to qdisc layer, and leak
the others without free them.
TCP is broken due to skb leak since no free skb will be considered
as still in the host queue and never be retransmitted. This happend
when dev_requeue_skb() called from qdisc_restart().
qdisc_restart
|-- dequeue_skb
|-- sch_direct_xmit()
|-- dev_requeue_skb() <-- skb may bluked
Fix dev_requeue_skb() to requeue the full bluked list. Also change
to use __skb_queue_tail() in __dev_requeue_skb() to avoid skb out
of order.
Fixes: a53851e2c3 ("net: sched: explicit locking in gso_cpu fallback")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update lastuse to to the most updated value between what
is already set and the new value.
If HW matching fails, i.e. because of an issue, the stats are not updated
but it could be that software did match and updated lastuse.
Fixes: 5712bf9c5c ("net/sched: act_mirred: Use passed lastuse argument")
Fixes: 9fea47d93b ("net/sched: act_gact: Update statistics when offloaded to hardware")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the check of the offload state to after the qdisc dump action was
called, so the qdisc could update it if it was changed.
Fixes: 7a4fa29106 ("net: sched: Add TCA_HW_OFFLOAD")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the offload flag, TCQ_F_OFFLOADED, in each dump call (and ignore
the offloading function return value in relation to this flag).
This is done because a qdisc is being initialized, and therefore offloaded
before being grafted. Since the ability of the driver to offload the qdisc
depends on its location, a qdisc can be offloaded and un-offloaded by graft
calls, that doesn't effect the qdisc itself.
Fixes: 428a68af3a ("net: sched: Move to new offload indication in RED"
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c is a case of parallel adds.
include/trace/events/tcp.h is a little bit more tricky. The removal
of in-trace-macro ifdefs in 'net' paralleled with moving
show_tcp_state_name and friends over to include/trace/events/sock.h
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the qdisc is not found here, it is going to be created. Therefore,
this is not an error path. Remove the extack message set and don't
confuse user with error message in case the qdisc was created
successfully.
Fixes: 0921559811 ("net: sched: sch_api: handle generic qdisc errors")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-12-22
1) Separate ESP handling from segmentation for GRO packets.
This unifies the IPsec GSO and non GSO codepath.
2) Add asynchronous callbacks for xfrm on layer 2. This
adds the necessary infrastructure to core networking.
3) Allow to use the layer2 IPsec GSO codepath for software
crypto, all infrastructure is there now.
4) Also allow IPsec GSO with software crypto for local sockets.
5) Don't require synchronous crypto fallback on IPsec offloading,
it is not needed anymore.
6) Check for xdo_dev_state_free and only call it if implemented.
From Shannon Nelson.
7) Check for the required add and delete functions when a driver
registers xdo_dev_ops. From Shannon Nelson.
8) Define xfrmdev_ops only with offload config.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Update the xfrm stats documentation.
From Shannon Nelson.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check block for being null in both tcf_block_put and
tcf_block_put_ext.
Fixes: 343723dd51 ("net: sched: fix clsact init error path")
Reported-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu_barrier_bh() in mini_qdisc_pair_swap() is to wait for
flying RCU callback installed by a previous mini_qdisc_pair_swap(),
however we miss it on the tp_head==NULL path, which leads to that
the RCU callback still uses miniq_old->rcu after it is freed together
with qdisc in qdisc_graft(). So just add it on that path too.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath ")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the drr qdisc implementation by
adding NL_SET_ERR_MSG in validation of user input.
Also it serves to illustrate a use case of how the infrastructure ops
api changes are to be used by individual qdiscs.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the cbs qdisc implementation by
adding NL_SET_ERR_MSG in validation of user input.
Also it serves to illustrate a use case of how the infrastructure ops
api changes are to be used by individual qdiscs.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the cbq qdisc implementation by
adding NL_SET_ERR_MSG in validation of user input.
Also it serves to illustrate a use case of how the infrastructure ops
api changes are to be used by individual qdiscs.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_create_dflt which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_create_dflt failed. The function qdisc_create_dflt
will also call an init callback which can fail by any per-qdisc specific
handling.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_alloc which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_alloc failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function tcf_block_get which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why tcf_block_get failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_get_rtab which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_get_rtab failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for graft callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for block callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for class change callback api. This prepares
to handle extack support inside each specific class implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for change callback for qdisc ops
structtur to prepare per-qdisc specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for init callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for generic qdisc handling. The extack
will be set deeper to each called function which is not part of netdev
core api.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes mostly how to check on null pointer.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements asynchronous crypto callbacks
and a backlog handler that can be used when IPsec
is done at layer 2 in the TX path. It also extends
the skb validate functions so that we can update
the driver transmit return codes based on async
crypto operation or to indicate that we queued the
packet in a backlog queue.
Joint work with: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
First, the check of &q->ring.queue against NULL is wrong, it
is always false. We should check the value rather than the address.
Secondly, we need the same check in pfifo_fast_reset() too,
as both ->reset() and ->destroy() are called in qdisc_destroy().
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move static key increments to the beginning of the init function
so they pair 1:1 with decrements in ingress/clsact_destroy,
which is called in case ingress/clsact_init fails.
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since in qdisc_create, the destroy op is called when init fails, we
don't do cleanup in init and leave it up to destroy.
This fixes use-after-free when trying to put already freed block.
Fixes: 6e40cf2d4d ("net: sched: use extended variants of block_get/put in ingress and clsact qdiscs")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let RED utilize the new internal flag, TCQ_F_OFFLOADED,
to mark a given qdisc as offloaded instead of using a dedicated
indication.
Also, change internal logic into looking at said flag when possible.
Fixes: 602f3baf22 ("net_sch: red: Add offload ability to RED qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdiscs can be offloaded to HW, but current implementation isn't uniform.
Instead, qdiscs either pass information about offload status via their
TCA_OPTIONS or omit it altogether.
Introduce a new attribute - TCA_HW_OFFLOAD that would form a uniform
uAPI for the offloading status of qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now hold RTNL lock in tc_action_net_exit(), it is good to
batch them to speedup tc action dismantle.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These duplicate includes have been found with scripts/checkincludes.pl but
they have been removed manually to avoid removing false positives.
Signed-off-by: Pravin Shedge <pravin.shedge4linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the block is freed with last chain being put, once we reach the
end of iteration of list_for_each_entry_safe, the block may be
already freed. I'm hitting this only by creating and deleting clsact:
[ 202.171952] ==================================================================
[ 202.180182] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.187590] Read of size 8 at addr ffff880225539a80 by task tc/796
[ 202.194508]
[ 202.196185] CPU: 0 PID: 796 Comm: tc Not tainted 4.15.0-rc2jiri+ #5
[ 202.203200] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. "MSN2100-CB2F"/"SA001017", BIOS 5.6.5 06/07/2016
[ 202.213613] Call Trace:
[ 202.216369] dump_stack+0xda/0x169
[ 202.220192] ? dma_virt_map_sg+0x147/0x147
[ 202.224790] ? show_regs_print_info+0x54/0x54
[ 202.229691] ? tcf_chain_destroy+0x1dc/0x250
[ 202.234494] print_address_description+0x83/0x3d0
[ 202.239781] ? tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.244575] kasan_report+0x1ba/0x460
[ 202.248707] ? tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.253518] tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.258117] ? tcf_chain_flush+0x290/0x290
[ 202.262708] ? qdisc_hash_del+0x82/0x1a0
[ 202.267111] ? qdisc_hash_add+0x50/0x50
[ 202.271411] ? __lock_is_held+0x5f/0x1a0
[ 202.275843] clsact_destroy+0x3d/0x80 [sch_ingress]
[ 202.281323] qdisc_destroy+0xcb/0x240
[ 202.285445] qdisc_graft+0x216/0x7b0
[ 202.289497] tc_get_qdisc+0x260/0x560
Fix this by holding the block also by chain 0 and put chain 0
explicitly, out of the list_for_each_entry_safe loop at the very
end of tcf_block_put_ext.
Fixes: efbf789739 ("net_sched: get rid of rcu_barrier() in tcf_block_put_ext()")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the pfifo_fast qdisc to use the skb_array data structure
and set the lockless qdisc bit. pfifo_fast is the first qdisc to support
the lockless bit that can be a child of a qdisc requiring locking. So
we add logic to clear the lock bit on initialization in these cases when
the qdisc graft operation occurs.
This also removes the logic used to pick the next band to dequeue from
and instead just checks a per priority array for packets from top priority
to lowest. This might need to be a bit more clever but seems to work
for now.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sch_mqprio qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sch_mq qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Also exports __gnet_stats_copy_queue() to use as a helper function.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc qlen helper routines for lockless qdiscs to use.
The qdisc qlen is no longer used in the hotpath but it is reported
via stats query on the qdisc so it still needs to be tracked. This
adds the per cpu operations needed along with a helper to return
the summation of per cpu stats.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I can not think of any reason to pull the bad txq skb off the qdisc if
the txq we plan to send this on is still frozen. So check for frozen
queue first and abort before dequeuing either skb_bad_txq skb or
normal qdisc dequeue() skb.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to how gso is handled use skb list for skb_bad_tx this is
required with lockless qdiscs because we may have multiple cores
attempting to push skbs into skb_bad_tx concurrently
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qdisc_graft_qdisc a "new" qdisc is attached and the 'qdisc_destroy'
operation is called on the old qdisc. The destroy operation will wait
a rcu grace period and call qdisc_rcu_free(). At which point
gso_cpu_skb is free'd along with all stats so no need to zero stats
and gso_cpu_skb from the graft operation itself.
Further after dropping the qdisc locks we can not continue to call
qdisc_reset before waiting an rcu grace period so that the qdisc is
detached from all cpus. By removing the qdisc_reset() here we get
the correct property of waiting an rcu grace period and letting the
qdisc_destroy operation clean up the qdisc correctly.
Note, a refcnt greater than 1 would cause the destroy operation to
be aborted however if this ever happened the reference to the qdisc
would be lost and we would have a memory leak.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is preparing the qdisc layer to support egress lockless
qdiscs. If we are running the egress qdisc lockless in the case we
overrun the netdev, for whatever reason, the netdev returns a busy
error code and the skb is parked on the gso_skb pointer. With many
cores all hitting this case at once its possible to have multiple
sk_buffs here so we turn gso_skb into a queue.
This should be the edge case and if we see this frequently then
the netdev/qdisc layer needs to back off.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable dflt qdisc support for per cpu stats before this patch a dflt
qdisc was required to use the global statistics qstats and bstats.
This adds a static flags field to qdisc_ops that is propagated
into qdisc->flags in qdisc allocate call. This allows the allocation
block to completely allocate the qdisc object so we don't have
dangling allocations after qdisc init.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_direct_xmit() uses qdisc_qlen as a return value but all call sites
of the routine only check if it is zero or not. Simplify the logic so
that we don't need to return an actual queue length value.
This introduces a case now where sch_direct_xmit would have returned
a qlen of zero but now it returns true. However in this case all
call sites of sch_direct_xmit will implement a dequeue() and get
a null skb and abort. This trades tracking qlen in the hotpath for
an extra dequeue operation. Overall this seems to be good for
performance.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag for queueing disciplines to indicate the stack
does not need to use the qdisc lock to protect operations. This can
be used to build lockless scheduling algorithms and improving
performance.
The flag is checked in the tx path and the qdisc lock is only taken
if it is not set. For now use a conditional if statement. Later we
could be more aggressive if it proves worthwhile and use a static key
or wrap this in a likely().
Also the lockless case drops the TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS logic. The reason
for this is synchronizing a qlen counter across threads proves to
cost more than doing the enqueue/dequeue operations when tested with
pktgen.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently __qdisc_run calls qdisc_run_end() but does not call
qdisc_run_begin(). This makes it hard to track pairs of
qdisc_run_{begin,end} across function calls.
To simplify reading these code paths this patch moves begin/end calls
into qdisc_run().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macvlan devices are similar to vlans and do not update their
own trans_start. In order for arp monitoring to work for a bond device
when the slaves are macvlans, obtain its real device.
Signed-off-by: Chris Dion <christopher.dion@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions are no longer freed in RCU callbacks and we should
always have RTNL lock, so this spinlock is no longer needed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one actually uses it.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following checkpatch error:
ERROR: do not use assignment in if condition
by rearranging the if condition to execute init callback only if init
callback exists. The whole setup afterwards is called in any case,
doesn't matter if init callback is set or not. This patch has the same
behaviour as before, just without assign err variable in if condition.
It also makes the code easier to read.
Reviewed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes checking on null pointer, remove unnecessary
brackets, add variable names for parameters and adjust 80 char width.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both Eric and Paolo noticed the rcu_barrier() we use in
tcf_block_put_ext() could be a performance bottleneck when
we have a lot of tc classes.
Paolo provided the following to demonstrate the issue:
tc qdisc add dev lo root htb
for I in `seq 1 1000`; do
tc class add dev lo parent 1: classid 1:$I htb rate 100kbit
tc qdisc add dev lo parent 1:$I handle $((I + 1)): htb
for J in `seq 1 10`; do
tc filter add dev lo parent $((I + 1)): u32 match ip src 1.1.1.$J
done
done
time tc qdisc del dev root
real 0m54.764s
user 0m0.023s
sys 0m0.000s
The rcu_barrier() there is to ensure we free the block after all chains
are gone, that is, to queue tcf_block_put_final() at the tail of workqueue.
We can achieve this ordering requirement by refcnt'ing tcf block instead,
that is, the tcf block is freed only when the last chain in this block is
gone. This also simplifies the code.
Paolo reported after this patch we get:
real 0m0.017s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.017s
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the qmin & qmax values doesn't overflow for the given Wlog value.
Check that qmin <= qmax.
Fixes: a783474591 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Generic RED layer")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dissection of tunnel info to outside of the main flow dissection
function, __skb_flow_dissect(). The sole user of this feature, the flower
classifier, is updated to call tunnel info dissection directly, using
skb_flow_dissect_tunnel_info().
This results in a slightly less complex implementation of
__skb_flow_dissect(), in particular removing logic from that call path
which is not used by the majority of users. The expense of this is borne by
the flower classifier which now has to make an extra call for tunnel info
dissection.
This patch should not result in any behavioural change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu"),
TC actions don't need to respect RCU grace period, because it
is either just detached from tc filter (standalone case) or
it is removed together with tc filter (bound case) in which case
RCU grace period is already respected at filter layer.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
q->link.block is not initialized, that leads to EINVAL when one tries to
add filter there. So initialize it properly.
This can be reproduced by:
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: cbq avpkt 1000 rate 1000Mbit bandwidth 1000Mbit
$ tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: protocol ip prio 100 u32 match ip protocol 0 0x00 flowid 1:1
Reported-by: Jaroslav Aster <jaster@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While converting sch_sfq to use timer_setup(), the commit cdeabbb881
("net: sched: Convert timers to use timer_setup()") forgot to
initialize the 'sch' field. As a result, the timer callback tries to
dereference a NULL pointer, and the kernel does oops.
Fix it initializing such field at qdisc creation time.
Fixes: cdeabbb881 ("net: sched: Convert timers to use timer_setup()")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cls_bpf offload was added it seemed like a good idea to
call cls_bpf_delete_prog() instead of extending the error
handling path, since the software state is fully initialized
at that point. This handling of errors without jumping to
the end of the function is error prone, as proven by later
commit missing that extra call to __cls_bpf_delete_prog().
__cls_bpf_delete_prog() is now expected to be invoked with
a reference on exts->net or the field zeroed out. The call
on the offload's error patch does not fullfil this requirement,
leading to each error stealing a reference on net namespace.
Create a function undoing what cls_bpf_set_parms() did and
use it from __cls_bpf_delete_prog() and the error path.
Fixes: aae2c35ec8 ("cls_bpf: use tcf_exts_get_net() before call_rcu()")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_block_put_ext has assumed that all filters (and thus their goto
actions) are destroyed in RCU callback and thus can not race with our
list iteration. However, that is not true during netns cleanup (see
tcf_exts_get_net comment).
Prevent the user after free by holding all chains (except 0, that one is
already held). foreach_safe is not enough in this case.
To reproduce, run the following in a netns and then delete the ns:
ip link add dtest type dummy
tc qdisc add dev dtest ingress
tc filter add dev dtest chain 1 parent ffff: handle 1 prio 1 flower action goto chain 2
Fixes: 822e86d997 ("net_sched: remove tcf_block_put_deferred()")
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2017-11-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Several BPF offloading fixes, from Jakub. Among others:
- Limit offload to cls_bpf and XDP program types only.
- Move device validation into the driver and don't make
any assumptions about the device in the classifier due
to shared blocks semantics.
- Don't pass offloaded XDP program into the driver when
it should be run in native XDP instead. Offloaded ones
are not JITed for the host in such cases.
- Don't destroy device offload state when moved to
another namespace.
- Revert dumping offload info into user space for now,
since ifindex alone is not sufficient. This will be
redone properly for bpf-next tree.
2) Fix test_verifier to avoid using bpf_probe_write_user()
helper in test cases, since it's dumping a warning into
kernel log which may confuse users when only running tests.
Switch to use bpf_trace_printk() instead, from Yonghong.
3) Several fixes for correcting ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO semantics
before it becomes uabi, from Gianluca. More specifically:
- Add a type ARG_PTR_TO_MEM_OR_NULL that is used only
by bpf_csum_diff(), where the argument is either a
valid pointer or NULL. The subsequent ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO
then enforces a valid pointer in case of non-0 size
or a valid pointer or NULL in case of size 0. Given
that, the semantics for ARG_PTR_TO_MEM in combination
with ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO are now such that in case
of size 0, the pointer must always be valid and cannot
be NULL. This fix in semantics allows for bpf_probe_read()
to drop the recently added size == 0 check in the helper
that would become part of uabi otherwise once released.
At the same time we can then fix bpf_probe_read_str() and
bpf_perf_event_output() to use ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO
instead of ARG_CONST_SIZE in order to fix recently
reported issues by Arnaldo et al, where LLVM optimizes
two boundary checks into a single one for unknown
variables where the verifier looses track of the variable
bounds and thus rejects valid programs otherwise.
4) A fix for the verifier for the case when it detects
comparison of two constants where the branch is guaranteed
to not be taken at runtime. Verifier will rightfully prune
the exploration of such paths, but we still pass the program
to JITs, where they would complain about using reserved
fields, etc. Track such dead instructions and sanitize
them with mov r0,r0. Rejection is not possible since LLVM
may generate them for valid C code and doesn't do as much
data flow analysis as verifier. For bpf-next we might
implement removal of such dead code and adjust branches
instead. Fix from Alexei.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tuntap and similar devices can inject GSO packets. Accept type
VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP, even though not generating UFO natively.
Processes are expected to use feature negotiation such as TUNSETOFFLOAD
to detect supported offload types and refrain from injecting other
packets. This process breaks down with live migration: guest kernels
do not renegotiate flags, so destination hosts need to expose all
features that the source host does.
Partially revert the UFO removal from 182e0b6b5846~1..d9d30adf5677.
This patch introduces nearly(*) no new code to simplify verification.
It brings back verbatim tuntap UFO negotiation, VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP
insertion and software UFO segmentation.
It does not reinstate protocol stack support, hardware offload
(NETIF_F_UFO), SKB_GSO_UDP tunneling in SKB_GSO_SOFTWARE or reception
of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP packets in tuntap.
To support SKB_GSO_UDP reappearing in the stack, also reinstate
logic in act_csum and openvswitch. Achieve equivalence with v4.13 HEAD
by squashing in commit 939912216f ("net: skb_needs_check() removes
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check for tx.") and reverting commit 8d63bee643
("net: avoid skb_warn_bad_offload false positives on UFO").
(*) To avoid having to bring back skb_shinfo(skb)->ip6_frag_id,
ipv6_proxy_select_ident is changed to return a __be32 and this is
assigned directly to the frag_hdr. Also, SKB_GSO_UDP is inserted
at the end of the enum to minimize code churn.
Tested
Booted a v4.13 guest kernel with QEMU. On a host kernel before this
patch `ethtool -k eth0` shows UFO disabled. After the patch, it is
enabled, same as on a v4.13 host kernel.
A UFO packet sent from the guest appears on the tap device:
host:
nc -l -p -u 8000 &
tcpdump -n -i tap0
guest:
dd if=/dev/zero of=payload.txt bs=1 count=2000
nc -u 192.16.1.1 8000 < payload.txt
Direct tap to tap transmission of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP succeeds,
packets arriving fragmented:
./with_tap_pair.sh ./tap_send_ufo tap0 tap1
(from https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/tree/master/tests)
Changes
v1 -> v2
- simplified set_offload change (review comment)
- documented test procedure
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<CAF=yD-LuUeDuL9YWPJD9ykOZ0QCjNeznPDr6whqZ9NGMNF12Mw@mail.gmail.com>
Fixes: fb652fdfe8 ("macvlan/macvtap: Remove NETIF_F_UFO advertisement.")
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you flush (delete) a filter chain other than chain 0 (such as when
deleting the device), the kernel may run into a use-after-free. The
chain refcount must not be decremented unless we are sure we are done
with the chain.
To reproduce the bug, run:
ip link add dtest type dummy
tc qdisc add dev dtest ingress
tc filter add dev dtest chain 1 parent ffff: flower
ip link del dtest
Introduced in: commit f93e1cdcf4 ("net/sched: fix filter flushing"),
but unless you have KAsan or luck, you won't notice it until
commit 0dadc117ac ("cls_flower: use tcf_exts_get_net() before call_rcu()")
Fixes: f93e1cdcf4 ("net/sched: fix filter flushing")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TC shared block changes we can't depend on correct netdev
pointer being available in cls_bpf. Move the device validation
to the driver. Core will only make sure that offloaded programs
are always attached in the driver (or in HW by the driver). We
trust that drivers which implement offload callbacks will perform
necessary checks.
Moving the checks to the driver is generally a useful thing,
in practice the check should be against a switchdev instance,
not a netdev, given that most ASICs will probably allow using
the same program on many ports.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Fix compilation on 32 bit platforms (where doing modulus operation
with 64 bit requires extra glibc functions) by truncation.
The jitter for table distribution is limited to a 32 bit value
because random numbers are scaled as 32 bit value.
Also fix some whitespace.
Fixes: 99803171ef ("netem: add uapi to express delay and jitter in nanoseconds")
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since times are now expressed in nanosecond, need to now do
true 64 bit divide. Old code would truncate rate at 32 bits.
Rename function to better express current usage.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-4.4.4 (at lest) has issues with initializers and anonymous unions:
net/sched/sch_red.c: In function 'red_dump_offload':
net/sched/sch_red.c:282: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_red.c:282: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
net/sched/sch_red.c:283: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_red.c:283: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
net/sched/sch_red.c: In function 'red_dump_stats':
net/sched/sch_red.c:352: error: unknown field 'xstats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_red.c:352: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
Work around this.
Fixes: 602f3baf22 ("net_sch: red: Add offload ability to RED qdisc")
Cc: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slotting is a crude approximation of the behaviors of shared media such
as cable, wifi, and LTE, which gather up a bunch of packets within a
varying delay window and deliver them, relative to that, nearly all at
once.
It works within the existing loss, duplication, jitter and delay
parameters of netem. Some amount of inherent latency must be specified,
regardless.
The new "slot" parameter specifies a minimum and maximum delay between
transmission attempts.
The "bytes" and "packets" parameters can be used to limit the amount of
information transferred per slot.
Examples of use:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem delay 200us \
slot 800us 10ms bytes 64k packets 42
A more correct example, using stacked netem instances and a packet limit
to emulate a tail drop wifi queue with slots and variable packet
delivery, with a 200Mbit isochronous underlying rate, and 20ms path
delay:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: netem delay 20ms rate 200mbit \
limit 10000
tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 1:1 handle 10:1 netem delay 200us \
slot 800us 10ms bytes 64k packets 42 limit 512
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem userspace has long relied on a horrible /proc/net/psched hack
to translate the current notion of "ticks" to nanoseconds.
Expressing latency and jitter instead, in well defined nanoseconds,
increases the dynamic range of emulated delays and jitter in netem.
It will also ease a transition where reducing a tick to nsec
equivalence would constrain the max delay in prior versions of
netem to only 4.3 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upgrade the internal netem scheduler to use nanoseconds rather than
ticks throughout.
Convert to and from the std "ticks" userspace api automatically,
while allowing for finer grained scheduling to take place.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a spinlock in the VLAN action causes performance issues when the VLAN
action is used on multiple cores. Rewrote the VLAN action to use RCU read
locking for reads and updates instead.
All functions now use an RCU dereferenced pointer to access the VLAN action
context. Modified helper functions used by other modules, to use the RCU as
opposed to directly accessing the structure.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VLAN action maintains one set of stats across all cores, and uses a
spinlock to synchronize updates to it from the same. Changed this to use a
per-CPU stats context instead.
This change will result in better performance.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_CBS to TC_SETUP_QDISC_CBS to match the new convention..
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_MQPRIO to TC_SETUP_QDISC_MQPRIO to match the new
convention.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If TC program is loaded with skip_sw flag, we should allow
the device-specific programs to be accepted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently n->flags is being operated on by a logical && operator rather
than a bitwise & operator. This looks incorrect as these should be bit
flag operations. Fix this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1460398 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Fixes: 245dc5121a ("net: sched: cls_u32: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers of tcf_block_put() could pass NULL so
we can't use block->q before checking if block is
NULL or not.
tcf_block_put_ext() callers are fine, it is always
non-NULL.
Fixes: 8c4083b30e ("net: sched: add block bind/unbind notif. and extended block_get/put")
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently gen_flags is being operated on by a logical && operator rather
than a bitwise & operator. This looks incorrect as these should be bit
flag operations. Fix this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1460305 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload)
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the offload unbind is done before the chains are flushed.
That causes driver to unregister block callback before it can get all
the callback calls done during flush, leaving the offloaded tps inside
the HW. So fix the order to prevent this situation and restore the
original behaviour.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since the only user, mlx5 driver does the check in
mlx5e_setup_tc_block_cb, no need to check here.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the time being I will be available in my private mail. Update both the
MAINTAINERS file and the individual modules MODULE_AUTHOR directive with
the new address.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
I defer tcf_chain_flush() to a workqueue, this causes a use-after-free
because qdisc is already destroyed after we queue this work.
The tcf_block_put_deferred() is no longer necessary after we get RTNL
for each tc filter destroy work, no others could jump in at this point.
Same for tcf_chain_hold(), we are fully serialized now.
This also reduces one indirection therefore makes the code more
readable. Note this brings back a rcu_barrier(), however comparing
to the code prior to commit 7aa0045dad we still reduced one
rcu_barrier(). For net-next, we can consider to refcnt tcf block to
avoid it.
Fixes: 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c78e1746d3
("net: sched: fix call_rcu() race on classifier module unloads"),
we need to wait for flying RCU callback tcf_sample_cleanup_rcu().
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches, it is now safe to claim that
tcf_exts_destroy() is always called with RTNL lock.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davide found the following script triggers a NULL pointer
dereference:
ip l a name eth0 type dummy
tc q a dev eth0 parent :1 handle 1: htb
This is because for a freshly created netdevice noop_qdisc
is attached and when passing 'parent :1', kernel actually
tries to match the major handle which is 0 and noop_qdisc
has handle 0 so is matched by mistake. Commit 69012ae425
tries to fix a similar bug but still misses this case.
Handle 0 is not a valid one, should be just skipped. In
fact, kernel uses it as TC_H_UNSPEC.
Fixes: 69012ae425 ("net: sched: fix handling of singleton qdiscs with qdisc_hash")
Fixes: 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched:convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This queueing discipline implements the shaper algorithm defined by
the 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2 and detailed in Annex L.
It's primary usage is to apply some bandwidth reservation to user
defined traffic classes, which are mapped to different queues via the
mqprio qdisc.
Only a simple software implementation is added for now.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When replacing a child qdisc from mqprio, tc_modify_qdisc() must fetch
the netdev_queue pointer that the current child qdisc is associated
with before creating the new qdisc.
Currently, when using mqprio as root qdisc, the kernel will end up
getting the queue #0 pointer from the mqprio (root qdisc), which leaves
any new child qdisc with a possibly wrong netdev_queue pointer.
Implementing the Qdisc_class_ops select_queue() on mqprio fixes this
issue and avoid an inconsistent state when child qdiscs are replaced.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the class_ops select_queue() implementation on sch_mq
returns a pointer to netdev_queue #0 when it receives and invalid
qdisc id. That can be misleading since all of mq's inner qdiscs are
attached to a valid netdev_queue.
Here we fix that by returning NULL when a qdisc id is invalid. This is
aligned with how select_queue() is implemented for sch_mqprio in the
next patch on this series, keeping a consistent behavior between these
two qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In qdisc_alloc() the dev_queue pointer was used without any checks
being performed. If qdisc_create() gets a null dev_queue pointer, it
just passes it along to qdisc_alloc(), leading to a crash. That
happens if a root qdisc implements select_queue() and returns a null
dev_queue pointer for an "invalid handle", for example, or if the
dev_queue associated with the parent qdisc is null.
This patch is in preparation for the next in this series, where
select_queue() is being added to mqprio and as it may return a null
dev_queue.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Prior to commit b3f55bdda8, the networking core doesn't wire an in-place
actions list the when the low level driver is called to offload the flow,
but all low level drivers do that (call tcf_exts_to_list()) in their
offloading "add" logic.
Now, the in-place list is set in the core which goes over the list in a loop,
but also by the hw driver when their offloading code is invoked indirectly:
cls_xxx add flow -> tc_setup_cb_call -> tc_exts_setup_cb_egdev_call -> hw driver
which messes up the core list instance upon driver return. Fix that by avoiding
in-place list on the net core code that deals with adding flows.
Fixes: b3f55bdda8 ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the netdevice field is not set and the egdev instance
is not functional, fix that.
Fixes: 3f55bdda8df ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the change to the tp hash, we now get a build warning
on 32-bit architectures:
net/sched/cls_u32.c: In function 'tc_u_hash':
net/sched/cls_u32.c:338:17: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
return hash_64((u64) tp->chain->block, U32_HASH_SHIFT);
Using hash_ptr() instead of hash_64() lets us drop the cast
and fixes the warning while still resulting in the same hash
value.
Fixes: 7fa9d974f3 ("net: sched: cls_u32: use block instead of q in tc_u_common")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer opt has a null check however before for this check opt is
dereferenced when len is initialized, hence we potentially have a null
pointer deference on opt. Avoid this by checking for a null opt before
dereferencing it.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1458234 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 4e8b86c062 ("mqprio: Introduce new hardware offload mode and shaper in mqprio")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Add pointer back to Qdisc.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7091d8c '(net/sched: cls_flower: Add offload support using egress
Hardware device') made sure (when fl_hw_replace_filter is called) to put
the egress_dev mark on persisent structure instance. Hence, following calls
into the HW driver for stats and deletion will note it and act accordingly.
With commit de4784ca03 this property is lost and hence when called,
the HW driver failes to operate (stats, delete) on the offloaded flow.
Fix it by setting the egress_dev flag whenever the ingress device is
different from the hw device since this is exactly the condition under
which we're calling into the HW driver through the egress port net-device.
Fixes: de4784ca03 ('net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers have this info, they will pass it down to tcf_fill_node.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_u_common is now per-q. With blocks, it has to be converted to be
per-block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using tp->q, use block to get the net pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes a slight tweak to mqprio in order to bring the
classid values used back in line with what is used for mq. The general idea
is to reserve values :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic classes
normally reported via dev->num_tc. By doing this we can maintain a
consistent behavior with mq for classid where :1 - :ffdf will represent a
physical qdisc mapped onto a Tx queue represented by classid - 1, and the
traffic classes will be mapped onto a known subset of classid values
reserved for our virtual qdiscs.
Note I reserved the range from :fff0 - :ffff since this way we might be
able to reuse these classid values with clsact and ingress which would mean
that for mq, mqprio, ingress, and clsact we should be able to maintain a
similar classid layout.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently ife_meta_id2name() is only called when
CONFIG_MODULES is defined.
This fixes:
net/sched/act_ife.c:251:20: warning: ‘ife_meta_id2name’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static const char *ife_meta_id2name(u32 metaid)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: d3f24ba895 ("net sched actions: fix module auto-loading")
Cc: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch migrates the current counter handling which is protected by a
spinlock to a per-cpu counter handling. This reduce the time where the
spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the check of the two possible ife handlings encode
and decode to the init callback. The decode value is for usability
aspect and used in userspace code only. The current code offers encode
else decode only. This patch avoids any other option than this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macro __stringify_1() can stringify a macro argument, however IFE_META_*
are enums, so they never expand, however request_module expects an integer
in IFE module name, so as a result it always fails to auto-load.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Geeralize private netem_rb_to_skb()
TCP rtx queue will soon be converted to rb-tree,
so we will need skb_rbtree_walk() helpers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dissection of tunnel info from the flower classifier to the flow
dissector where all other dissection occurs. This should not have any
behavioural affect on other users of the flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assignment of -EINVAL to variable ret is redundant as it
is being overwritten on the following error exit paths or
to the return value from the following call to basic_set_parms.
Fix this up by removing it. Cleans up clang warning message:
net/sched/cls_basic.c:185:2: warning: Value stored to 'err' is never read
Fixes: 1d8134fea2 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate basic filter handles")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling u32_lookup_ht() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles. u32 filters are special as the handle
could contain a hash table id and a key id, so we
need two IDR to allocate each of them.
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling basic_get() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles.
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling cls_bpf_get() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just do the rename into bpf_compute_data_pointers() as we'll add
one more pointer here to recompute.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While running TCP tests involving netem storing millions of packets,
I had the idea to speed up tfifo_reset() and did experiments.
I tried the rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() method that is
used in skb_rbtree_purge() but discovered it was slower than the
current tfifo_reset() method.
I measured time taken to release skbs with three occupation levels :
10^4, 10^5 and 10^6 skbs with three methods :
1) (current 'naive' method)
while ((p = rb_first(&q->t_root))) {
struct sk_buff *skb = netem_rb_to_skb(p);
rb_erase(p, &q->t_root);
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
2) Use rb_next() instead of rb_first() in the loop :
p = rb_first(&q->t_root);
while (p) {
struct sk_buff *skb = netem_rb_to_skb(p);
p = rb_next(p);
rb_erase(&skb->rbnode, &q->t_root);
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
3) "optimized" method using rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe()
struct sk_buff *skb, *next;
rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe(skb, next,
&q->t_root, rbnode) {
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
q->t_root = RB_ROOT;
Results :
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 10000 skbs in 690378 ns (69 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 10000 skbs in 541846 ns (54 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 10000 skbs in 868307 ns (86 ns per skb)
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 99996 skbs in 7804021 ns (78 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 100000 skbs in 5942456 ns (59 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 100000 skbs in 11584940 ns (115 ns per skb)
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 1000000 skbs in 108577838 ns (108 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 1000000 skbs in 82619635 ns (82 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 1000000 skbs in 127328743 ns (127 ns per skb)
Method 2) is simply faster, probably because it maintains a smaller
working size set.
Note that this is the method we use in tcp_ofo_queue() already.
I will also change skb_rbtree_purge() in a second patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: c15ab236d6 ("net/sched: Change cls_flower to use IDR")
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If real-time or fair-share curves are enabled in hfsc_change_class()
class isn't inserted into rb-trees yet. Thus init_ed() and init_vf()
must be called in place of update_ed() and update_vf().
Remove isn't required because for now curves cannot be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKB stored in qdisc->gso_skb also counted into backlog.
Some qdiscs don't reset backlog to zero in ->reset(),
for example sfq just dequeue and free all queued skb.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller no longer needs to wait for a grace period. So this
patch gets rid of it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->rbnode shares space with skb->next, skb->prev and skb->tstamp
Current uses (TCP receive ofo queue and netem) need to save/restore
tstamp, while skb->dev is either NULL (TCP) or a constant for a given
queue (netem).
Since we plan using an RB tree for TCP retransmit queue to speedup SACK
processing with large BDP, this patch exchanges skb->dev and
skb->tstamp.
This saves some overhead in both TCP and netem.
v2: removes the swtstamp field from struct tcp_skb_cb
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB qdisc overlimits counter is properly increased, but we have no per
class counter, meaning it is difficult to diagnose HTB problems.
This patch adds this counter, visible in "tc -s class show dev eth0",
with current iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <nuclearcat@nuclearcat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer tcm is being initialized and is never read, it is only being used
to determine the size of struct tcmsg. Clean this up by removing
variable tcm and explicitly using the sizeof struct tcmsg rather than *tcm.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: Value stored to 'tcm' during its initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this script, edited from Linux Advanced Routing and Traffic Control guide
tc q a dev en0 root handle 1: htb default a
tc c a dev en0 parent 1: classid 1:1 htb rate 6mbit burst 15k
tc c a dev en0 parent 1:1 classid 1:a htb rate 5mbit ceil 6mbit burst 15k
tc c a dev en0 parent 1:1 classid 1:b htb rate 1mbit ceil 6mbit burst 15k
tc f a dev en0 parent 1:0 prio 1 $clsname $clsargs classid 1:b
ping $address -c1
tc -s c s dev en0
classifies traffic to 1:b or 1:a, depending on whether the packet matches
or not the pattern $clsargs of filter $clsname. However, when $clsname is
'matchall', a systematic crash can be observed in htb_classify(). HTB and
classful qdiscs don't assign initial value to struct tcf_result, but then
they expect it to contain valid values after filters have been run. Thus,
current 'matchall' ignores the TCA_MATCHALL_CLASSID attribute, configured
by user, and makes HTB (and classful qdiscs) dereference random pointers.
By assigning head->res to *res in mall_classify(), before the actions are
invoked, we fix this crash and enable TCA_MATCHALL_CLASSID functionality,
that had no effect on 'matchall' classifier since its first introduction.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1460213
Reported-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Fixes: b87f7936a9 ("net/sched: introduce Match-all classifier")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu") removed
freeing in call_rcu, which changed already existing hard-to-hit
race condition into 100% hit:
[ 598.599825] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000030
[ 598.607782] IP: tcf_action_destroy+0xc0/0x140
Or:
[ 40.858924] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000030
[ 40.862840] IP: tcf_generic_walker+0x534/0x820
Fix this by storing the ops and use them directly for module_put call.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jiri, there is still a race condition between
tcf_block_put() and tcf_chain_destroy() in a RCU callback. There
is no way to make it correct without proper locking or synchronization,
because both operate on a shared list.
Locking is hard, because the only lock we can pick here is a spinlock,
however, in tc_dump_tfilter() we iterate this list with a sleeping
function called (tcf_chain_dump()), which makes using a lock to protect
chain_list almost impossible.
Jiri suggested the idea of holding a refcnt before flushing, this works
because it guarantees us there would be no parallel tcf_chain_destroy()
during the loop, therefore the race condition is gone. But we have to
be very careful with proper synchronization with RCU callbacks.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following ugliness of tc filter chain refcnt:
a) tp proto should hold a refcnt to the chain too. This significantly
simplifies the logic.
b) Chain 0 is no longer special, it is created with refcnt=1 like any
other chains. All the ugliness in tcf_chain_put() can be gone!
c) No need to handle the flushing oddly, because block still holds
chain 0, it can not be released, this guarantees block is the last
user.
d) The race condition with RCU callbacks is easier to handle with just
a rcu_barrier(). Much easier to understand, nothing to hide. Thanks
to the previous patch. Please see also the comments in code.
e) Make the code understandable by humans, much less error-prone.
Fixes: 744a4cf63e ("net: sched: fix use after free when tcf_chain_destroy is called multiple times")
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller is no longer needed to wait for a grace period.
So this patch gets rid of it.
This also completely closes a race condition between action free
path and filter chain add/remove path for the following patch.
Because otherwise the nested RCU callback can't be caught by
rcu_barrier().
Please see also the comments in code.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes sparse warning about pointer in gen_handle:
net/sched/cls_rsvp.h:392:40: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Fixes: 8113c09567 ("net_sched: use void pointer for filter handle")
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a memleak happening for chain 0. The thing is, chain 0 needs to
be always present, not created on demand. Therefore tcf_block_get upon
creation of block calls the tcf_chain_create function directly. The
chain is created with refcnt == 1, which is not correct in this case and
causes the memleak. So move the refcnt increment into tcf_chain_get
function even for the case when chain needs to be created.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock
is released) made a big change of tc for performance. There are two points
left in sch_prio and sch_qfq which are not changed with that commit. Now
enhance them now with __qdisc_drop.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC filters when used as classifiers are bound to TC classes.
However, there is a hidden difference when adding them in different
orders:
1. If we add tc classes before its filters, everything is fine.
Logically, the classes exist before we specify their ID's in
filters, it is easy to bind them together, just as in the current
code base.
2. If we add tc filters before the tc classes they bind, we have to
do dynamic lookup in fast path. What's worse, this happens all
the time not just once, because on fast path tcf_result is passed
on stack, there is no way to propagate back to the one in tc filters.
This hidden difference hurts performance silently if we have many tc
classes in hierarchy.
This patch intends to close this gap by doing the reverse binding when
we create a new class, in this case we can actually search all the
filters in its parent, match and fixup by classid. And because
tcf_result is specific to each type of tc filter, we have to introduce
a new ops for each filter to tell how to bind the class.
Note, we still can NOT totally get rid of those class lookup in
->enqueue() because cgroup and flow filters have no way to determine
the classid at setup time, they still have to go through dynamic lookup.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently only a memory allocation failure can lead to this, so let's
initialize the timer first.
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is very unlikely to happen but the backlogs memory allocation
could fail and will free q->flows, but then ->destroy() will free
q->flows too. For correctness remove the first free and let ->destroy
clean up.
Fixes: 87b60cfacf ("net_sched: fix error recovery at qdisc creation")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on where ->init fails we can get a null pointer deref due to
uninitialized hires timer (watchdog) or a double free of the qdisc hash
because it is already freed by ->destroy().
Fixes: 8d55373875 ("net/sched/hfsc: allocate tcf block for hfsc root class")
Fixes: 87b60cfacf ("net_sched: fix error recovery at qdisc creation")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typically, each TC filter has its own action. All the actions of the
same type are saved in its hash table. But the hash buckets are too
small that it degrades to a list. And the performance is greatly
affected. For example, it takes about 0m11.914s to insert 64K rules.
If we convert the hash table to IDR, it only takes about 0m1.500s.
The improvement is huge.
But please note that the test result is based on previous patch that
cls_flower uses IDR.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, all filters with the same priority are linked in a doubly
linked list. Every filter should have a unique handle. To make the
handle unique, we need to iterate the list every time to see if the
handle exists or not when inserting a new filter. It is time-consuming.
For example, it takes about 5m3.169s to insert 64K rules.
This patch changes cls_flower to use IDR. With this patch, it
takes about 0m1.127s to insert 64K rules. The improvement is huge.
But please note that in this testing, all filters share the same action.
If every filter has a unique action, that is another bottleneck.
Follow-up patch in this patchset addresses that.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch handles a default IFE type if it's not given by user space
netlink api. The default IFE type will be the registered ethertype by
IEEE for IFE ForCES.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock
is released) made a big change of tc for performance. But there are
some points which are not changed in SFQ enqueue operation.
1. Fail to find the SFQ hash slot;
2. When the queue is full;
Now use qdisc_drop instead free skb directly.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is ugly to hide a u32-filter-specific pointer inside Qdisc,
this breaks the TC layers:
1. Qdisc is a generic representation, should not have any specific
data of any type
2. Qdisc layer is above filter layer, should only save filters in
the list of struct tcf_proto.
This pointer is used as the head of the chain of u32 hash tables,
that is struct tc_u_hnode, because u32 filter is very special,
it allows to create multiple hash tables within one qdisc and
across multiple u32 filters.
Instead of using this ugly pointer, we can just save it in a global
hash table key'ed by (dev ifindex, qdisc handle), therefore we can
still treat it as a per qdisc basis data structure conceptually.
Of course, because of network namespaces, this key is not unique
at all, but it is fine as we already have a pointer to Qdisc in
struct tc_u_common, we can just compare the pointers when collision.
And this only affects slow paths, has no impact to fast path,
thanks to the pointer ->tp_c.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TC classes, their ->get() and ->put() are always paired, and the
reference counting is completely useless, because:
1) For class modification and dumping paths, we already hold RTNL lock,
so all of these ->get(),->change(),->put() are atomic.
2) For filter bindiing/unbinding, we use other reference counter than
this one, and they should have RTNL lock too.
3) For ->qlen_notify(), it is special because it is called on ->enqueue()
path, but we already hold qdisc tree lock there, and we hold this
tree lock when graft or delete the class too, so it should not be gone
or changed until we release the tree lock.
Therefore, this patch removes ->get() and ->put(), but:
1) Adds a new ->find() to find the pointer to a class by classid, no
refcnt.
2) Move the original class destroy upon the last refcnt into ->delete(),
right after releasing tree lock. This is fine because the class is
already removed from hash when holding the lock.
For those who also use ->put() as ->unbind(), just rename them to reflect
this change.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like for TC actions, ->delete() is a special case,
we have to prepare and fill the notification before delete
otherwise would get use-after-free after we remove the
reference count.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not needed if we move them up properly.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller reported a refcount_t warning [1]
Issue here is that noop_qdisc refcnt was never really considered as
a true refcount, since qdisc_destroy() found TCQ_F_BUILTIN set :
if (qdisc->flags & TCQ_F_BUILTIN ||
!refcount_dec_and_test(&qdisc->refcnt)))
return;
Meaning that all atomic_inc() we did on noop_qdisc.refcnt were not
really needed, but harmless until refcount_t came.
To fix this problem, we simply need to not increment noop_qdisc.refcnt,
since we never decrement it.
[1]
refcount_t: increment on 0; use-after-free.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21754 at lib/refcount.c:152 refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 21754 Comm: syz-executor7 Not tainted 4.13.0-rc6+ #20
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:180
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:541
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:190
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:224 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:273
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:310
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:323
invalid_op+0x1e/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:846
RIP: 0010:refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
RSP: 0018:ffff8801c43477a0 EFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 000000000000002b RBX: ffffffff86093c14 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000002b RSI: ffffffff8159314e RDI: ffffed0038868ee8
RBP: ffff8801c43477a8 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffff86093ac0
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: ffff8801d0f3bac0 R15: dffffc0000000000
attach_default_qdiscs net/sched/sch_generic.c:792 [inline]
dev_activate+0x7d3/0xaa0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:833
__dev_open+0x227/0x330 net/core/dev.c:1380
__dev_change_flags+0x695/0x990 net/core/dev.c:6726
dev_change_flags+0x88/0x140 net/core/dev.c:6792
dev_ifsioc+0x5a6/0x930 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:256
dev_ioctl+0x2bc/0xf90 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:554
sock_do_ioctl+0x94/0xb0 net/socket.c:968
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1520 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
Fixes: 7b93640502 ("net, sched: convert Qdisc.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_chain_flush needs to be called with RTNL. However, on
free_tcf->
tcf_action_goto_chain_fini->
tcf_chain_put->
tcf_chain_destroy->
tcf_chain_flush
callpath, it is called without RTNL.
This issue was notified by following warning:
[ 155.599052] WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
[ 155.603165] 4.13.0-rc5jiri+ #54 Not tainted
[ 155.607456] -----------------------------
[ 155.611561] net/sched/cls_api.c:195 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
Since on this callpath, the chain is guaranteed to be already empty
by check in tcf_chain_put, move the tcf_chain_flush call out and call it
only where it is needed - into tcf_block_put.
Fixes: db50514f9a ("net: sched: add termination action to allow goto chain")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goto_chain termination action takes a reference of a chain. In that
case, there is an issue when block_put is called tcf_chain_destroy
directly. The follo-up call of tcf_chain_put by goto_chain action free
works with memory that is already freed. This was caught by kasan:
[ 220.337908] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in tcf_chain_put+0x1b/0x50
[ 220.344103] Read of size 4 at addr ffff88036d1f2cec by task systemd-journal/261
[ 220.353047] CPU: 0 PID: 261 Comm: systemd-journal Not tainted 4.13.0-rc5jiri+ #54
[ 220.360661] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. Mellanox switch/Mellanox x86 mezzanine board, BIOS 4.6.5 08/02/2016
[ 220.371784] Call Trace:
[ 220.374290] <IRQ>
[ 220.376355] dump_stack+0xd5/0x150
[ 220.391485] print_address_description+0x86/0x410
[ 220.396308] kasan_report+0x181/0x4c0
[ 220.415211] tcf_chain_put+0x1b/0x50
[ 220.418949] free_tcf+0x95/0xc0
So allow tcf_chain_destroy to be called multiple times, free only in
case the reference count drops to 0.
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
High order GFP_KERNEL allocations can stress the host badly.
Use modern kvmalloc_array()/kvfree() instead of custom
allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we know in some target's checkentry it may dereference par.entryinfo
to check entry stuff inside. But when sched action calls xt_check_target,
par.entryinfo is set with NULL. It would cause kernel panic when calling
some targets.
It can be reproduce with:
# tc qd add dev eth1 ingress handle ffff:
# tc filter add dev eth1 parent ffff: u32 match u32 0 0 action xt \
-j ECN --ecn-tcp-remove
It could also crash kernel when using target CLUSTERIP or TPROXY.
By now there's no proper value for par.entryinfo in ipt_init_target,
but it can not be set with NULL. This patch is to void all these
panics by setting it with an ipt_entry obj with all members = 0.
Note that this issue has been there since the very beginning.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dereference before check is wrong and leads to an oops when
p_filter_chain is NULL. The check needs to be done on the pointer to
prevent NULL dereference.
Fixes: f93e1cdcf4 ("net/sched: fix filter flushing")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I made a stupid mistake using TC_CLSFLOWER_STATS instead of
TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER. Funny thing is that both are defined as "2" so it
actually did not cause any harm. Anyway, fixing it now.
Fixes: 2572ac53c4 ("net: sched: make type an argument for ndo_setup_tc")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main purpose of this tracepoint is to monitor bulk dequeue
in the network qdisc layer, as it cannot be deducted from the
existing qdisc stats.
The txq_state can be used for determining the reason for zero packet
dequeues, see enum netdev_queue_state_t.
Notice all packets doesn't necessary activate this tracepoint. As
qdiscs with flag TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS, can directly invoke
sch_direct_xmit() when qdisc_qlen is zero.
Remember that perf record supports filters like:
perf record -e qdisc:qdisc_dequeue \
--filter 'ifindex == 4 && (packets > 1 || txq_state > 0)'
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any move comment abount update_vf() into right place.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This callback is used for deactivating class in parent qdisc.
This is cheaper to test queue length right here.
Also this allows to catch draining screwed backlog and prevent
second deactivation of already inactive parent class which will
crash kernel for sure. Kernel with print warning at destruction
of child qdisc where no packets but backlog is not zero.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was added in commit e57a784d8c ("pkt_sched: set root qdisc
before change() in attach_default_qdiscs()") to hide duplicates
from "tc qdisc show" for incative deivices.
After 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
it triggered when classful qdisc is added to inactive device because
default qdiscs are added before switching root qdisc.
Anyway after commit ea32746953 ("net: sched: avoid duplicates in
qdisc dump") duplicates are filtered right in dumper.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sfq_enqueue() drops head packet or packet from another queue it
have to update backlog at upper qdiscs too.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Traffic filters could keep direct pointers to classes in classful qdisc,
thus qdisc destruction first removes all filters before freeing classes.
Class destruction methods also tries to free attached filters but now
this isn't safe because tcf_block_put() unlike to tcf_destroy_chain()
cannot be called second time.
This patch set class->block to NULL after first tcf_block_put() and
turn second call into no-op.
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this filters cannot be attached.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cops->tcf_cl_offload is no longer needed, as the drivers check what they
can and cannot offload using the classid identify helpers. So remove this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mainline had UFO fixes, but UFO is removed in net-next so we
take the HEAD hunks.
Minor context conflict in bcmsysport statistics bug fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 55917a21d0 ("netfilter: x_tables: add context to know if
extension runs from nft_compat") introduced a member nft_compat to
xt_tgchk_param structure.
But it didn't set it's value for ipt_init_target. With unexpected
value in par.nft_compat, it may return unexpected result in some
target's checkentry.
This patch is to set all it's fields as 0 and only initialize the
non-zero fields in ipt_init_target.
v1->v2:
As Wang Cong's suggestion, fix it by setting all it's fields as
0 and only initializing the non-zero fields.
Fixes: 55917a21d0 ("netfilter: x_tables: add context to know if extension runs from nft_compat")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to later indicate to rtnetlink core that certain
doit functions should be called without acquiring rtnl_mutex.
This change should have no effect, we simply replace the last (now
unused) calcit argument with the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now xt_tgchk_param par in ipt_init_target is a local varibale,
par.net is not initialized there. Later when xt_check_target
calls target's checkentry in which it may access par.net, it
would cause kernel panic.
Jaroslav found this panic when running:
# ip link add TestIface type dummy
# tc qd add dev TestIface ingress handle ffff:
# tc filter add dev TestIface parent ffff: u32 match u32 0 0 \
action xt -j CONNMARK --set-mark 4
This patch is to pass net param into ipt_init_target and set
par.net with it properly in there.
v1->v2:
As Wang Cong pointed, I missed ipt_net_id != xt_net_id, so fix
it by also passing net_id to __tcf_ipt_init.
v2->v3:
Missed the fixes tag, so add it.
Fixes: ecb2421b5d ("netfilter: add and use nf_ct_netns_get/put")
Reported-by: Jaroslav Aster <jaster@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we move up tcf_fill_node() we can get rid of these
forward declarations.
Also, move down tfilter_notify_chain() to group them together.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we use 'unsigned long fh' as a pointer in every place,
it is safe to convert it to a void pointer now. This gets
rid of many casts to pointer.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is confusing to use 'unsigned long fh' as both a handle
and a pointer, especially commit 9ee7837449
("net sched filters: fix notification of filter delete with proper handle").
This patch introduces tfilter_del_notify() so that we can
pass it as a pointer as before, and we don't need to check
RTM_DELTFILTER in tcf_fill_node() any more.
This prepares for the next patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prio is not cls_flower specific, but it is meaningful for all
classifiers. Seems that only mlxsw cares about the value. Obviously,
cls offload in other drivers is broken.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is specific to flower now, make it part of the flower offload
struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be aligned with the rest of the types, rename
TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_exts_change is always called on newly created exts, which are not used
on fastpath. Therefore, simple struct copy is enough.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the n struct was allocated right before u32_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before route4_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the fnew struct just was allocated, so no need to use tcf_exts_change
to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up the unused exts struct
directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the new struct just was allocated, so no need to use tcf_exts_change
to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up the unused exts struct
directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the prog struct was allocated right before cls_bpf_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before basic_set_parms call, no need
to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up
the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the head struct was allocated right before mall_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before fw_set_parms call, no need
to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up
the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before fl_set_parms call, no need
to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up
the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the function name is misleading since it is not changing
anything, name it similarly to other cls.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The name cls_bpf_modify_existing is highly misleading, as it indeed does
not modify anything existing. It does not modify at all.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For check in tcf_exts_dump use tcf_exts_has_actions helper instead
of exts->nr_actions for checking if there are any actions present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leave it to tcf_action_exec to return TC_ACT_OK in case there is no
action present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two helpers are doing the same as tcf_exts_has_actions, so remove
them and use tcf_exts_has_actions instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since tcf_em_tree_validate could be always called on a newly created
filter, there is no need for this change function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if it is only for classid now, use this common struct a be aligned
with the rest of the classful qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for filtering based on time since last used.
When we are dumping a large number of actions it is useful to
have the option of filtering based on when the action was last
used to reduce the amount of data crossing to user space.
With this patch the user space app sets the TCA_ROOT_TIME_DELTA
attribute with the value in milliseconds with "time of interest
since now". The kernel converts this to jiffies and does the
filtering comparison matching entries that have seen activity
since then and returns them to user space.
Old kernels and old tc continue to work in legacy mode since
they dont specify this attribute.
Some example (we have 400 actions bound to 400 filters); at
installation time. Using updated when tc setting the time of
interest to 120 seconds earlier (we see 400 actions):
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120000| grep index | wc -l
400
go get some coffee and wait for > 120 seconds and try again:
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120000 | grep index | wc -l
0
Lets see a filter bound to one of these actions:
....
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 2 success 1)
match 7f000002/ffffffff at 12 (success 1 )
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1145 sec used 802 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 84 bytes 1 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
....
that coffee took long, no? It was good.
Now lets ping -c 1 127.0.0.2, then run the actions again:
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120 | grep index | wc -l
1
More details please:
prompt$ hackedtc -s actions ls action gact since 120000
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1270 sec used 30 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 168 bytes 2 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
And the filter?
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 4 success 2)
match 7f000002/ffffffff at 12 (success 2 )
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1324 sec used 84 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 168 bytes 2 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When you dump hundreds of thousands of actions, getting only 32 per
dump batch even when the socket buffer and memory allocations allow
is inefficient.
With this change, the user will get as many as possibly fitting
within the given constraints available to the kernel.
The top level action TLV space is extended. An attribute
TCA_ROOT_FLAGS is used to carry flags; flag TCA_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON
is set by the user indicating the user is capable of processing
these large dumps. Older user space which doesnt set this flag
doesnt get the large (than 32) batches.
The kernel uses the TCA_ROOT_COUNT attribute to tell the user how many
actions are put in a single batch. As such user space app knows how long
to iterate (independent of the type of action being dumped)
instead of hardcoded maximum of 32 thus maintaining backward compat.
Some results dumping 1.5M actions below:
first an unpatched tc which doesnt understand these features...
prompt$ time -p tc actions ls action gact | grep index | wc -l
1500000
real 1388.43
user 2.07
sys 1386.79
Now lets see a patched tc which sets the correct flags when requesting
a dump:
prompt$ time -p updatedtc actions ls action gact | grep index | wc -l
1500000
real 178.13
user 2.02
sys 176.96
That is about 8x performance improvement for tc app which sets its
receive buffer to about 32K.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug fix for an issue which has been around for about a decade.
We got away with it because the enumeration was larger than needed.
Fixes: 7ba699c604 ("[NET_SCHED]: Convert actions from rtnetlink to new netlink API")
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) BPF verifier signed/unsigned value tracking fix, from Daniel
Borkmann, Edward Cree, and Josef Bacik.
2) Fix memory allocation length when setting up calls to
->ndo_set_mac_address, from Cong Wang.
3) Add a new cxgb4 device ID, from Ganesh Goudar.
4) Fix FIB refcount handling, we have to set it's initial value before
the configure callback (which can bump it). From David Ahern.
5) Fix double-free in qcom/emac driver, from Timur Tabi.
6) A bunch of gcc-7 string format overflow warning fixes from Arnd
Bergmann.
7) Fix link level headroom tests in ip_do_fragment(), from Vasily
Averin.
8) Fix chunk walking in SCTP when iterating over error and parameter
headers. From Alexander Potapenko.
9) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Neal Cardwell.
10) Fix SKB fragment handling in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
11) BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_SOCK_OPS needs to check for null __sk, from Cong
Wang.
12) xmit_recursion in ppp driver needs to be per-device not per-cpu,
from Gao Feng.
13) Cannot release skb->dst in UDP if IP options processing needs it.
From Paolo Abeni.
14) Some netdev ioctl ifr_name[] NULL termination fixes. From Alexander
Levin and myself.
15) Revert some rtnetlink notification changes that are causing
regressions, from David Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (83 commits)
net: bonding: Fix transmit load balancing in balance-alb mode
rds: Make sure updates to cp_send_gen can be observed
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: Push the request_irq function to the end of probe
ipv4: initialize fib_trie prior to register_netdev_notifier call.
rtnetlink: allocate more memory for dev_set_mac_address()
net: dsa: b53: Add missing ARL entries for BCM53125
bpf: more tests for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: add test for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: fix up test cases with mixed signed/unsigned bounds
bpf: allow to specify log level and reduce it for test_verifier
bpf: fix mixed signed/unsigned derived min/max value bounds
ipv6: avoid overflow of offset in ip6_find_1stfragopt
net: tehuti: don't process data if it has not been copied from userspace
Revert "rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for CHANGEADDR event"
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Enable CMODE config support for 6390X
dt-binding: ptp: Add SoC compatibility strings for dte ptp clock
NET: dwmac: Make dwmac reset unconditional
net: Zero terminate ifr_name in dev_ifname().
wireless: wext: terminate ifr name coming from userspace
netfilter: fix netfilter_net_init() return
...
Make name consistent with other TC event notification routines, such as
tcf_add_notify() and tcf_del_notify()
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__GFP_REPEAT was designed to allow retry-but-eventually-fail semantic to
the page allocator. This has been true but only for allocations
requests larger than PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER. It has been always
ignored for smaller sizes. This is a bit unfortunate because there is
no way to express the same semantic for those requests and they are
considered too important to fail so they might end up looping in the
page allocator for ever, similarly to GFP_NOFAIL requests.
Now that the whole tree has been cleaned up and accidental or misled
usage of __GFP_REPEAT flag has been removed for !costly requests we can
give the original flag a better name and more importantly a more useful
semantic. Let's rename it to __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL which tells the user
that the allocator would try really hard but there is no promise of a
success. This will work independent of the order and overrides the
default allocator behavior. Page allocator users have several levels of
guarantee vs. cost options (take GFP_KERNEL as an example)
- GFP_KERNEL & ~__GFP_RECLAIM - optimistic allocation without _any_
attempt to free memory at all. The most light weight mode which even
doesn't kick the background reclaim. Should be used carefully because
it might deplete the memory and the next user might hit the more
aggressive reclaim
- GFP_KERNEL & ~__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM (or GFP_NOWAIT)- optimistic
allocation without any attempt to free memory from the current
context but can wake kswapd to reclaim memory if the zone is below
the low watermark. Can be used from either atomic contexts or when
the request is a performance optimization and there is another
fallback for a slow path.
- (GFP_KERNEL|__GFP_HIGH) & ~__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM (aka GFP_ATOMIC) -
non sleeping allocation with an expensive fallback so it can access
some portion of memory reserves. Usually used from interrupt/bh
context with an expensive slow path fallback.
- GFP_KERNEL - both background and direct reclaim are allowed and the
_default_ page allocator behavior is used. That means that !costly
allocation requests are basically nofail but there is no guarantee of
that behavior so failures have to be checked properly by callers
(e.g. OOM killer victim is allowed to fail currently).
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NORETRY - overrides the default allocator behavior
and all allocation requests fail early rather than cause disruptive
reclaim (one round of reclaim in this implementation). The OOM killer
is not invoked.
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL - overrides the default allocator
behavior and all allocation requests try really hard. The request
will fail if the reclaim cannot make any progress. The OOM killer
won't be triggered.
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NOFAIL - overrides the default allocator behavior
and all allocation requests will loop endlessly until they succeed.
This might be really dangerous especially for larger orders.
Existing users of __GFP_REPEAT are changed to __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL
because they already had their semantic. No new users are added.
__alloc_pages_slowpath is changed to bail out for __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL if
there is no progress and we have already passed the OOM point.
This means that all the reclaim opportunities have been exhausted except
the most disruptive one (the OOM killer) and a user defined fallback
behavior is more sensible than keep retrying in the page allocator.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix arch/sparc/kernel/mdesc.c]
[mhocko@suse.com: semantic fix]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170626123847.GM11534@dhcp22.suse.cz
[mhocko@kernel.org: address other thing spotted by Vlastimil]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170626124233.GN11534@dhcp22.suse.cz
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170623085345.11304-3-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Alex Belits <alex.belits@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This patch uses refcount_inc_not_zero() instead of
atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() due to absense of a _hint()
version of refcount API. If the hint() version must
be used, we might need to revisit API.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When qdisc fail to init, qdisc_create would invoke the destroy callback
to cleanup. But there is no check if the callback exists really. So it
would cause the panic if there is no real destroy callback like the qdisc
codel, fq, and so on.
Take codel as an example following:
When a malicious user constructs one invalid netlink msg, it would cause
codel_init->codel_change->nla_parse_nested failed.
Then kernel would invoke the destroy callback directly but qdisc codel
doesn't define one. It causes one panic as a result.
Now add one the check for destroy to avoid the possible panic.
Fixes: 87b60cfacf ("net_sched: fix error recovery at qdisc creation")
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to retrieve the attached programs from cls_bpf
and act_bpf, we need to expose the prog ids via netlink so that
an application can later on get an fd based on the id through the
BPF_PROG_GET_FD_BY_ID command, and dump related prog info via
BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD command for bpf(2).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow requesting of zero UDP checksum for encapsulated packets. The name and
meaning of the attribute is "NO_CSUM" in order to have the same meaning of
the attribute missing and being 0.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's currently no way to request (outer) UDP checksum with
act_tunnel_key. This is problem especially for IPv6. Right now, tunnel_key
action with IPv6 does not work without going through hassles: both sides
have to have udp6zerocsumrx configured on the tunnel interface. This is
obviously not a good solution universally.
It makes more sense to compute the UDP checksum by default even for IPv4.
Just set the default to request the checksum when using act_tunnel_key.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm reviewing static checker warnings where we do ERR_PTR(0), which is
the same as NULL. I'm pretty sure we intended to return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL)
here. Sometimes these bugs lead to a NULL dereference but I don't
immediately see that problem here.
Fixes: 71d0ed7079 ("net/act_pedit: Support using offset relative to the conventional network headers")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Laura reported a sleep-in-atomic kernel warning inside
tcf_act_police_init() which calls gen_replace_estimator() with
spinlock protection.
It is not necessary in this case, we already have RTNL lock here
so it is enough to protect concurrent writers. For the reader,
i.e. tcf_act_police(), it needs to make decision based on this
rate estimator, in the worst case we drop more/less packets than
necessary while changing the rate in parallel, it is still acceptable.
Reported-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Nick Huber <nicholashuber@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is need to instruct the HW offloaded path to push certain matched
packets to cpu/kernel for further analysis. So this patch introduces a
new TRAP control action to TC.
For kernel datapath, this action does not make much sense. So with the
same logic as in HW, new TRAP behaves similar to STOLEN. The skb is just
dropped in the datapath (and virtually ejected to an upper level, which
does not exist in case of kernel).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It really makes no sense to have cls_act enabled without cls. In that
case, the cls_act code is dead. So select it.
This also fixes an issue recently reported by kbuild robot:
[linux-next:master 1326/4151] net/sched/act_api.c:37:18: error: implicit declaration of function 'tcf_chain_get'
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: db50514f9a ("net: sched: add termination action to allow goto chain")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the support of ip header fields dissection and
allow users to set rules matching on ipv4 tos and ttl or
ipv6 traffic-class and hoplimit.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_chain_get() always creates a new filter chain if not found
in existing ones. This is totally unnecessary when we get or
delete filters, new chain should be only created for new filters
(or new actions).
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of chain goto action, the reclassification would
cause the re-iteration of the actual chain. It makes more sense to restart
the whole thing and re-iterate starting from the original tp - start
of chain 0.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the support of tcp flags dissection and allow user to
insert rules matching on tcp flags.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When user instructs to remove all filters from chain, we cannot destroy
the chain as other actions may hold a reference. Also the put in errout
would try to destroy it again. So instead, just walk the chain and remove
all existing filters.
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
*p_filter_chain is rcu-dereferenced on reader path. So here in writer,
property assign the pointer.
Fixes: 2190d1d094 ("net: sched: introduce helpers to work with filter chains")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the head is guaranteed by the check above to be null, the call_rcu
would explode. Remove the previously logically dead code that was made
logically very much alive and kicking.
Fixes: 985538eee0 ("net/sched: remove redundant null check on head")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->csum_not_inet carries the indication on which algorithm is needed to
compute checksum on skb in the transmit path, when skb->ip_summed is equal
to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL. If skb carries a SCTP packet and crc32c hasn't been
yet written in L4 header, skb->csum_not_inet is assigned to 1; otherwise,
assume Internet Checksum is needed and thus set skb->csum_not_inet to 0.
Suggested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We still need to initialize err to -EINVAL for
the case where 'opt' is NULL in dsmark_init().
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of termination action called "goto_chain". This allows
user to specify a chain to be processed. This action type is
then processed as a return value in tcf_classify loop in similar
way as "reclassify" is, only it does not reset to the first filter
in chain but rather reset to the first filter of the desired chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tp pointer will be needed by the next patch in order to get the chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having only one filter per block, introduce a list of chains
for every block. Create chain 0 by default. UAPI is extended so the user
can specify which chain he wants to change. If the new attribute is not
specified, chain 0 is used. That allows to maintain backward
compatibility. If chain does not exist and user wants to manipulate with
it, new chain is created with specified index. Also, when last filter is
removed from the chain, the chain is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there will be multiple chains to dump, push chain dumping code to
a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce struct tcf_chain object and set of helpers around it. Wraps up
insertion, deletion and search in the filter chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the helper from the function rather than to always adjust the
return value of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of "nprio" variable in tc_ctl_tfilter is a bit cryptic and makes
a reader wonder what is going on for a while. So help him to understand
this priority allocation dance a litte bit better.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the name consistent with the rest of the helpers around.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the filter chains are direcly put into the private structures
of qdiscs. In order to be able to have multiple chains per qdisc and to
allow filter chains sharing among qdiscs, there is a need for common
object that would hold the chains. This introduces such object and calls
it "tcf_block".
Helpers to get and put the blocks are provided to be called from
individual qdisc code. Also, the original filter_list pointers are left
in qdisc privs to allow the entry into tcf_block processing without any
added overhead of possible multiple pointer dereference on fast path.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tc_classify function to cls_api.c where it belongs, rename it to
fit the namespace.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BBR congestion control depends on pacing, and pacing is
currently handled by sch_fq packet scheduler for performance reasons,
and also because implemening pacing with FQ was convenient to truly
avoid bursts.
However there are many cases where this packet scheduler constraint
is not practical.
- Many linux hosts are not focusing on handling thousands of TCP
flows in the most efficient way.
- Some routers use fq_codel or other AQM, but still would like
to use BBR for the few TCP flows they initiate/terminate.
This patch implements an automatic fallback to internal pacing.
Pacing is requested either by BBR or use of SO_MAX_PACING_RATE option.
If sch_fq happens to be in the egress path, pacing is delegated to
the qdisc, otherwise pacing is done by TCP itself.
One advantage of pacing from TCP stack is to get more precise rtt
estimations, and less work done from TX completion, since TCP Small
queue limits are not generally hit. Setups with single TX queue but
many cpus might even benefit from this.
Note that unlike sch_fq, we do not take into account header sizes.
Taking care of these headers would add additional complexity for
no practical differences in behavior.
Some performance numbers using 800 TCP_STREAM flows rate limited to
~48 Mbit per second on 40Gbit NIC.
If MQ+pfifo_fast is used on the NIC :
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:48:44 eth0 725743.00 2932134.00 46776.76 4335184.68 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:45 eth0 725349.00 2932112.00 46751.86 4335158.90 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:46 eth0 725101.00 2931153.00 46735.07 4333748.63 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:47 eth0 725099.00 2931161.00 46735.11 4333760.44 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:48 eth0 725160.00 2931731.00 46738.88 4334606.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 725290.40 2931658.20 46747.54 4334491.74 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
4 0 0 259825920 45644 2708324 0 0 21 2 247 98 0 0 100 0 0
4 0 0 259823744 45644 2708356 0 0 0 0 2400825 159843 0 19 81 0 0
0 0 0 259824208 45644 2708072 0 0 0 0 2407351 159929 0 19 81 0 0
1 0 0 259824592 45644 2708128 0 0 0 0 2405183 160386 0 19 80 0 0
1 0 0 259824272 45644 2707868 0 0 0 32 2396361 158037 0 19 81 0 0
Now use MQ+FQ :
lpaa23:~# echo fq >/proc/sys/net/core/default_qdisc
lpaa23:~# tc qdisc replace dev eth0 root mq
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:49:57 eth0 678614.00 2727930.00 43739.13 4033279.14 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:49:58 eth0 677620.00 2723971.00 43674.69 4027429.62 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:49:59 eth0 676396.00 2719050.00 43596.83 4020125.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:50:00 eth0 675197.00 2714173.00 43518.62 4012938.90 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:50:01 eth0 676388.00 2719063.00 43595.47 4020171.64 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 676843.00 2720837.40 43624.95 4022788.86 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
2 0 0 259832240 46008 2710912 0 0 21 2 223 192 0 1 99 0 0
1 0 0 259832896 46008 2710744 0 0 0 0 1702206 198078 0 17 82 0 0
0 0 0 259830272 46008 2710596 0 0 0 0 1696340 197756 1 17 83 0 0
4 0 0 259829168 46024 2710584 0 0 16 0 1688472 197158 1 17 82 0 0
3 0 0 259830224 46024 2710408 0 0 0 0 1692450 197212 0 18 82 0 0
As expected, number of interrupts per second is very different.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to
hashtable") we missed the opportunity to considerably speed up
tc_dump_tclass_root() if a qdisc handle is provided by user.
Instead of iterating all the qdiscs, use qdisc_match_from_root()
to directly get the one we look for.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fq_alloc_node, alloc_netdev_mqs and netif_alloc* open code kmalloc with
vmalloc fallback. Use the kvmalloc variant instead. Keep the
__GFP_REPEAT flag based on explanation from Eric:
"At the time, tests on the hardware I had in my labs showed that
vmalloc() could deliver pages spread all over the memory and that was
a small penalty (once memory is fragmented enough, not at boot time)"
The way how the code is constructed means, however, that we prefer to go
and hit the OOM killer before we fall back to the vmalloc for requests
<=32kB (with 4kB pages) in the current code. This is rather disruptive
for something that can be achived with the fallback. On the other hand
__GFP_REPEAT doesn't have any useful semantic for these requests. So
the effect of this patch is that requests which fit into 32kB will fall
back to vmalloc easier now.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170306103327.2766-3-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There are many code paths opencoding kvmalloc. Let's use the helper
instead. The main difference to kvmalloc is that those users are
usually not considering all the aspects of the memory allocator. E.g.
allocation requests <= 32kB (with 4kB pages) are basically never failing
and invoke OOM killer to satisfy the allocation. This sounds too
disruptive for something that has a reasonable fallback - the vmalloc.
On the other hand those requests might fallback to vmalloc even when the
memory allocator would succeed after several more reclaim/compaction
attempts previously. There is no guarantee something like that happens
though.
This patch converts many of those places to kv[mz]alloc* helpers because
they are more conservative.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170306103327.2766-2-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> # Xen bits
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> # Lustre
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com> # KVM/s390
Acked-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> # nvdim
Acked-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com> # btrfs
Acked-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com> # Ceph
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> # mlx4
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> # mlx5
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <anton@enomsg.org>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Ben Skeggs <bskeggs@redhat.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Cc: Oleg Drokin <oleg.drokin@intel.com>
Cc: "Yan, Zheng" <zyan@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
head is previously null checked and so the 2nd null check on head
is redundant and therefore can be removed.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1399505 ("Logically dead code")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jump is now the only one using value action opcode. This is going to
change soon. So introduce helpers to work with this. Convert TC_ACT_JUMP.
This also fixes the TC_ACT_JUMP check, which is incorrectly done as a
bit check, not a value check.
Fixes: e0ee84ded7 ("net sched actions: Complete the JUMPX opcode")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since several of the the netlink attributes used to configure the flower
classifier's MPLS TC, BOS and Label fields have additional bits which are
unused, check those bits to ensure that they are actually 0 as suggested
by Jamal.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.lahaise@netronome.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
per discussion at netconf/netdev:
When we have an action that is capable of branching (example a policer),
we can achieve a continuation of the action graph by programming a
"continue" where we find an exact replica of the same filter rule with a lower
priority and the remainder of the action graph. When you have 100s of thousands
of filters which require such a feature it gets very inefficient to do two
lookups.
This patch completes a leftover feature of action codes. Its time has come.
Example below where a user labels packets with a different skbmark on ingress
of a port depending on whether they have/not exceeded the configured rate.
This mark is then used to make further decisions on some egress port.
#rate control, very low so we can easily see the effect
sudo $TC actions add action police rate 1kbit burst 90k \
conform-exceed pipe/jump 2 index 10
# skbedit index 11 will be used if the user conforms
sudo $TC actions add action skbedit mark 11 ok index 11
# skbedit index 12 will be used if the user does not conform
sudo $TC actions add action skbedit mark 12 ok index 12
#lets bind the user ..
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: protocol ip prio 8 u32 \
match ip dst 127.0.0.8/32 flowid 1:10 \
action police index 10 \
action skbedit index 11 \
action skbedit index 12
#run a ping -f and see what happens..
#
jhs@foobar:~$ sudo $TC -s filter ls dev $ETH parent ffff: protocol ip
filter pref 8 u32
filter pref 8 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 8 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 2800 success 1005)
match 7f000008/ffffffff at 16 (success 1005 )
action order 1: police 0xa rate 1Kbit burst 23440b mtu 2Kb action pipe/jump 2 overhead 0b
ref 2 bind 1 installed 207 sec used 122 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 84420 bytes 1005 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 721 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
action order 2: skbedit mark 11 pass
index 11 ref 2 bind 1 installed 204 sec used 122 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 60564 bytes 721 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
action order 3: skbedit mark 12 pass
index 12 ref 2 bind 1 installed 201 sec used 122 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 23856 bytes 284 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Not bad, about 28% non-conforming packets..
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to the tc flower classifier to match based on fields in MPLS
labels (TTL, Bottom of Stack, TC field, Label).
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.lahaise@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both conflict were simple overlapping changes.
In the kaweth case, Eric Dumazet's skb_cow() bug fix overlapped the
conversion of the driver in net-next to use in-netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to NULL tp->root in ->destroy(), since tp is
going to be freed very soon, and existing readers are still
safe to read them.
For cls_route, we always init its tp->root, so it can't be NULL,
we can drop more useless code.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We could have a race condition where in ->classify() path we
dereference tp->root and meanwhile a parallel ->destroy() makes it
a NULL. Daniel cured this bug in commit d936377414
("net, sched: respect rcu grace period on cls destruction").
This happens when ->destroy() is called for deleting a filter to
check if we are the last one in tp, this tp is still linked and
visible at that time. The root cause of this problem is the semantic
of ->destroy(), it does two things (for non-force case):
1) check if tp is empty
2) if tp is empty we could really destroy it
and its caller, if cares, needs to check its return value to see if it
is really destroyed. Therefore we can't unlink tp unless we know it is
empty.
As suggested by Daniel, we could actually move the test logic to ->delete()
so that we can safely unlink tp after ->delete() tells us the last one is
just deleted and before ->destroy().
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Cc: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policing filters do not use the TCA_ACT_* enum and the tb[]
nlattr array in tcf_action_init_1() doesn't get filled for
them so we should not try to look for a TCA_ACT_COOKIE
attribute in the then uninitialized array.
The error handling in cookie allocation then calls
tcf_hash_release() leading to invalid memory access later
on.
Additionally, if cookie allocation fails after an already
existing non-policing filter has successfully been changed,
tcf_action_release() should not be called, also we would
have to roll back the changes in the error handling, so
instead we now allocate the cookie early and assign it on
success at the end.
CVE-2017-7979
Fixes: 1045ba77a5 ("net sched actions: Add support for user cookies")
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse
for doit functions that call it directly.
This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink.
>From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as
needed.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 3.12 it has been possible to configure the default queuing
discipline via sysctl. This patch adds ability to configure the
default queue discipline in kernel configuration. This is useful for
environments where configuring the value from userspace is difficult
to manage.
The default is still the same as before (pfifo_fast) and it is
possible to change after kernel init with sysctl. This is similar
to how TCP congestion control works.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were simply overlapping changes. In the net/ipv4/route.c
case the code had simply moved around a little bit and the same fix
was made in both 'net' and 'net-next'.
In the net/sched/sch_generic.c case a fix in 'net' happened at
the same time that a new argument was added to qdisc_hash_add().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the new extended ACK reporting struct to all of the generic
netlink parsing functions. For now, pass NULL in almost all callers
(except for some in the core.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported a crash when injecting faults in
attach_one_default_qdisc() and dev->qdisc is still
a noop_disc, the check before qdisc_hash_add() fails
to catch it because it tests NULL. We should test
against noop_qdisc since it is the default qdisc
at this point.
Fixes: 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We accidentally left this dead code behind after commit 5952fde10c
("net: sched: choke: remove dead filter classify code").
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_deferrable_timer() instead of init_timer_deferrable() to
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_choke is classless qdisc so it does not define cl_ops. Therefore
filter_list cannot be ever changed, being NULL all the time.
Reason is this check in tc_ctl_tfilter:
/* Is it classful? */
cops = q->ops->cl_ops;
if (!cops)
return -EINVAL;
So remove this dead code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after act_csum computes the checksum on skbs carrying GSO TCP/UDP packets,
subsequent segmentation fails because skb_needs_check(skb, true) returns
true. Because of that, skb_warn_bad_offload() is invoked and the following
message is displayed:
WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 28 at net/core/dev.c:2553 skb_warn_bad_offload+0xf0/0xfd
<...>
[<ffffffff8171f486>] skb_warn_bad_offload+0xf0/0xfd
[<ffffffff8161304c>] __skb_gso_segment+0xec/0x110
[<ffffffff8161340d>] validate_xmit_skb+0x12d/0x2b0
[<ffffffff816135d2>] validate_xmit_skb_list+0x42/0x70
[<ffffffff8163c560>] sch_direct_xmit+0xd0/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8163c760>] __qdisc_run+0x120/0x270
[<ffffffff81613b3d>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x23d/0x690
[<ffffffff81613fa0>] dev_queue_xmit+0x10/0x20
Since GSO is able to compute checksum on individual segments of such skbs,
we can simply skip mangling the packet.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmmii.c
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc.c
kernel/bpf/hashtab.c
Almost entirely overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_cow(skb, sizeof(ip header)) is not very helpful in this context.
First we need to use pskb_may_pull() to make sure the ip header
is in skb linear part, then use skb_try_make_writable() to
address clones issues.
Fixes: 4c30719f4f ("[PKT_SCHED] dsmark: handle cloned and non-linear skb's")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I recently reported on the netem list that iperf network benchmarks
show unexpected results when a bandwidth throttling rate has been
configured for netem. Specifically:
1) The measured link bandwidth *increases* when a higher delay is added
2) The measured link bandwidth appears higher than the specified limit
3) The measured link bandwidth for the same very slow settings varies significantly across
machines
The issue can be reproduced by using tc to configure netem with a
512kbit rate and various (none, 1us, 50ms, 100ms, 200ms) delays on a
veth pair between network namespaces, and then using iperf (or any
other network benchmarking tool) to test throughput. Complete detailed
instructions are in the original email chain here:
https://lists.linuxfoundation.org/pipermail/netem/2017-February/001672.html
There appear to be two underlying bugs causing these effects:
- The first issue causes long delays when the rate is slow and no
delay is configured (e.g., "rate 512kbit"). This is because SKBs are
not orphaned when no delay is configured, so orphaning does not
occur until *after* the rate-induced delay has been applied. For
this reason, adding a tiny delay (e.g., "rate 512kbit delay 1us")
dramatically increases the measured bandwidth.
- The second issue is that rate-induced delays are not correctly
applied, allowing SKB delays to occur in parallel. The indended
approach is to compute the delay for an SKB and to add this delay to
the end of the current queue. However, the code does not detect
existing SKBs in the queue due to improperly testing sch->q.qlen,
which is nonzero even when packets exist only in the
rbtree. Consequently, new SKBs do not wait for the current queue to
empty. When packet delays vary significantly (e.g., if packet sizes
are different), then this also causes unintended reordering.
I modified the code to expect a delay (and orphan the SKB) when a rate
is configured. I also added some defensive tests that correctly find
the latest scheduled delivery time, even if it is (unexpectedly) for a
packet in sch->q. I have tested these changes on the latest kernel
(4.11.0-rc1+) and the iperf / ping test results are as expected.
Signed-off-by: Nik Unger <njunger@uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code introduced by commit 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update
hierarchical backlog too") only sets prev_backlog in fq_codel_dequeue()
but not using that anywhere, remove that setting.
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The configurable priority to traffic class mapping and the user specified
queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class, overriding the
hardware defaults when the 'hw' option is set to 0. However, when the 'hw'
option is non-zero, the hardware QOS defaults are used.
This patch makes it so that we can pass the data the user provided to
ndo_setup_tc. This allows us to pull in the queue configuration if the
user requested it as well as any additional hardware offload type
requested by using a value other than 1 for the hw value.
Finally it also provides a means for the device driver to return the level
supported for the offload type via the qopt->hw value. Previously we were
just always assuming the value to be 1, in the future values beyond just 1
may be supported.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to allow for support of multiple hardware offload type
for a single device. There is currently no bounds checking for the hw
member of the mqprio_qopt structure. This results in us being able to pass
values from 1 to 255 with all being treated the same. On retreiving the
value it is returned as 1 for anything 1 or greater being set.
With this change we are currently adding limited bounds checking by
defining an enum and using those values to limit the reported hardware
offloads.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c
net/core/sock.c
Conflicts were overlapping changes in bcmgenet and the
lockdep handling of sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 49b499718f ("net: sched: make default fifo qdiscs appear in the dump")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original reason [1] for having hidden qdiscs (potential scalability
issues in qdisc_match_from_root() with single linked list in case of large
amount of qdiscs) has been invalidated by 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched: convert
qdisc linked list to hashtable").
This allows us for bringing more clarity and determinism into the dump by
making default pfifo qdiscs visible.
We're not turning this on by default though, at it was deemed [2] too
intrusive / unnecessary change of default behavior towards userspace.
Instead, TCA_DUMP_INVISIBLE netlink attribute is introduced, which allows
applications to request complete qdisc hierarchy dump, including the
ones that have always been implicit/invisible.
Singleton noop_qdisc stays invisible, as teaching the whole infrastructure
about singletons would require quite some surgery with very little gain
(seeing no qdisc or seeing noop qdisc in the dump is probably setting
the same user expectation).
[1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1460732328.10638.74.camel@edumazet-glaptop3.roam.corp.google.com
[2] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161021.105935.1907696543877061916.davem@davemloft.net
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to split <linux/sched/loadavg.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which
will have to be picked up from a couple of .c files.
Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/topology.h> file that just
maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and
bisectable.
Include the new header in the files that are going to need it.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
When tc actions are loaded as a module and no actions have been installed,
flushing them would result in actions removed from the memory, but modules
reference count not being decremented, so that the modules would not be
unloaded.
Following is example with GACT action:
% sudo modprobe act_gact
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 0
%
% sudo tc actions ls action gact
%
% sudo tc actions flush action gact
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 1
% sudo tc actions flush action gact
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 2
% sudo rmmod act_gact
rmmod: ERROR: Module act_gact is in use
....
After the fix:
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 0
%
% sudo tc actions add action pass index 1
% sudo tc actions add action pass index 2
% sudo tc actions add action pass index 3
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 3
%
% sudo tc actions flush action gact
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 0
%
% sudo tc actions flush action gact
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
act_gact 16384 0
% sudo rmmod act_gact
% lsmod
Module Size Used by
%
Fixes: f97017cdef ("net-sched: Fix actions flushing")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qdisc_stab_lock is used in qdisc_get_stab and qdisc_put_stab.
These two functions are invoked in qdisc_create, qdisc_change, and
qdisc_destroy which run fully under RTNL.
So it already makes sure only one could access the qdisc_stab_list at
the same time. Then it is unnecessary to use qdisc_stab_lock now.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF classifier support for the "in hw" offloading flags.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
U32 support for the "in hw" offloading flags.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Matchall support for the "in hw" offloading flags.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flower support for the "in hw" offloading flags.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classifier flags are not dumped to user-space, do that.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump the classifier flags only if non zero and make sure to check
the return status of the handler that puts them into the netlink msg.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/sched/act_api.c:532:5: warning:
symbol 'nla_memdup_cookie' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring back the goto that was removed by accident.
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Fixes: 40c81b25b1 ("sched: check negative err value to safe one level of indent")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This command could be useful to inc/dec fields.
For example, to forward any TCP packet and decrease its TTL:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower ip_proto tcp \
action pedit munge ip ttl add 0xff pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
In the example above, adding 0xff to this u8 field is actually
decreasing it by one, since the operation is masked.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend pedit to enable the user setting offset relative to network
headers. This change would enable to work with more complex header
schemes (vs the simple IPv4 case) where setting a fixed offset relative
to the network header is not enough.
After this patch, the action has information about the exact header type
and field inside this header. This information could be used later on
for hardware offloading of pedit.
Backward compatibility was being kept:
1. Old kernel <-> new userspace
2. New kernel <-> old userspace
3. add rule using new userspace <-> dump using old userspace
4. add rule using old userspace <-> dump using new userspace
When using the extended api, new netlink attributes are being used. This
way, operation will fail in (1) and (3) - and no malformed rule be added
or dumped. Of course, new user space that doesn't need the new
functionality can use the old netlink attributes and operation will
succeed.
Since action can support both api's, (2) should work, and it is easy to
write the new user space to have (4) work.
The action is having a strict check that only header types and commands
it can handle are accepted. This way future additions will be much
easier.
Usage example:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto tcp \
dst_port 80 \
action pedit munge tcp dport set 8080 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
Will forward tcp port whose original dest port is 80, while modifying
the destination port to 8080.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it is more common, check err for !0. That allows to safe one level of
indentation and makes the code easier to read. Also, make 'next' variable
global in function as it is used twice.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Curly braces need to be there, for stylistic reasons.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes the reader to know right away what is the error value.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the long function tc_ctl_tfilter a little bit shorter and easier to
read. Also make the creation of filter proto symmetric to destruction.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creation is done in this file, move destruction to be at the same place.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function destroys TC filter protocol, not TC filter. So name it
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Stash ctinfo 3-bit field into pointer to nf_conntrack object from
sk_buff so we only access one single cacheline in the conntrack
hotpath. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't leak pointer to internal structures when exporting x_tables
ruleset back to userspace, from Willem DeBruijn. This includes new
helper functions to copy data to userspace such as xt_data_to_user()
as well as conversions of our ip_tables, ip6_tables and arp_tables
clients to use it. Not surprinsingly, ebtables requires an ad-hoc
update. There is also a new field in x_tables extensions to indicate
the amount of bytes that we copy to userspace.
3) Add nf_log_all_netns sysctl: This new knob allows you to enable
logging via nf_log infrastructure for all existing netnamespaces.
Given the effort to provide pernet syslog has been discontinued,
let's provide a way to restore logging using netfilter kernel logging
facilities in trusted environments. Patch from Michal Kubecek.
4) Validate SCTP checksum from conntrack helper, from Davide Caratti.
5) Merge UDPlite conntrack and NAT helpers into UDP, this was mostly
a copy&paste from the original helper, from Florian Westphal.
6) Reset netfilter state when duplicating packets, also from Florian.
7) Remove unnecessary check for broadcast in IPv6 in pkttype match and
nft_meta, from Liping Zhang.
8) Add missing code to deal with loopback packets from nft_meta when
used by the netdev family, also from Liping.
9) Several cleanups on nf_tables, one to remove unnecessary check from
the netlink control plane path to add table, set and stateful objects
and code consolidation when unregister chain hooks, from Gao Feng.
10) Fix harmless reference counter underflow in IPVS that, however,
results in problems with the introduction of the new refcount_t
type, from David Windsor.
11) Enable LIBCRC32C from nf_ct_sctp instead of nf_nat_sctp,
from Davide Caratti.
12) Missing documentation on nf_tables uapi header, from Liping Zhang.
13) Use rb_entry() helper in xt_connlimit, from Geliang Tang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver that offloads flower rules needs to know with which priority
user inserted the rules. So add this information into offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the encode/decode functionality from the ife module instead of using
implementation inside the act_ife.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the function ife_tlv_meta_encode is not used by any other module,
unexport it and make it static for the act_ife module.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup patch renames skb->nfct and changes its type so add a helper to
avoid intrusive rename change later.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The ASSERT_RTNL is not necessary in the init function, as it does not
touch any rtnl protected structures, as opposed to the mirred action which
does have to hold a net device.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix error path of in sample init, by releasing the tc hash in case of
failure in psample_group creation.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current version, the matchall internal state is split into two
structs: cls_matchall_head and cls_matchall_filter. This makes little
sense, as matchall instance supports only one filter, and there is no
situation where one exists and the other does not. In addition, that led
to some races when filter was deleted while packet was processed.
Unify that two structs into one, thus simplifying the process of matchall
creation and deletion. As a result, the new, delete and get callbacks have
a dummy implementation where all the work is done in destroy and change
callbacks, as was done in cls_cgroup.
Fixes: bf3994d2ed ("net/sched: introduce Match-all classifier")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When matching on the ICMPv6 code ICMPV6_CODE rather than
ICMPV4_CODE attributes should be used.
This corrects what appears to be a typo.
Sample usage:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ipv6 parent ffff: flower \
indev eth0 ip_proto icmpv6 type 128 code 0 action drop
Without this change the code parameter above is effectively ignored.
Fixes: 7b684884fb ("net/sched: cls_flower: Support matching on ICMP type and code")
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce optional 128-bit action cookie.
Like all other cookie schemes in the networking world (eg in protocols
like http or existing kernel fib protocol field, etc) the idea is to save
user state that when retrieved serves as a correlator. The kernel
_should not_ intepret it. The user can store whatever they wish in the
128 bits.
Sample exercise(showing variable length use of cookie)
.. create an accept action with cookie a1b2c3d4
sudo $TC actions add action ok index 1 cookie a1b2c3d4
.. dump all gact actions..
sudo $TC -s actions ls action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 0 installed 5 sec used 5 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie a1b2c3d4
.. bind the accept action to a filter..
sudo $TC filter add dev lo parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 127.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action gact index 1
... send some traffic..
$ ping 127.0.0.1 -c 3
PING 127.0.0.1 (127.0.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.020 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.027 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.038 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows the user to sample traffic matched by tc classifier.
The sampling consists of choosing packets randomly and sampling them using
the psample module. The user can configure the psample group number, the
sampling rate and the packet's truncation (to save kernel-user traffic).
Example:
To sample ingress traffic from interface eth1, one may use the commands:
tc qdisc add dev eth1 handle ffff: ingress
tc filter add dev eth1 parent ffff: \
matchall action sample rate 12 group 4
Where the first command adds an ingress qdisc and the second starts
sampling randomly with an average of one sampled packet per 12 packets on
dev eth1 to psample group 4.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fq_codel qdisc currently always regenerates the skb flow hash.
This wastes some cycles and prevents flow seperation in cases where
the traffic has been encrypted and can no longer be understood by the
flow dissector.
Change it to use the prexisting flow hash if one exists, and only
regenerate if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Collins <acollins@cradlepoint.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new ARP support has pushed the stack size over the edge on ARM,
as there are two large objects on the stack in this function (mask
and tb) and both have now grown a bit more:
net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function 'fl_change':
net/sched/cls_flower.c:928:1: error: the frame size of 1072 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
We can solve this by dynamically allocating one or both of them.
I first tried to do it just for the mask, but that only saved
152 bytes on ARM, while this version just does it for the 'tb'
array, bringing the stack size back down to 664 bytes.
Fixes: 99d31326cb ("net/sched: cls_flower: Support matching on ARP")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Demonstrating the issue:
.. add a drop action
$sudo $TC actions add action drop index 10
.. retrieve it
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 2 bind 0 installed 29 sec used 29 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
... bug 1 above: reference is two.
Reference is actually 1 but we forget to subtract 1.
... do a GET again and we see the same issue
try a few times and nothing changes
~$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 2 bind 0 installed 31 sec used 31 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
... lets try to bind the action to a filter..
$ sudo $TC qdisc add dev lo ingress
$ sudo $TC filter add dev lo parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 127.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action gact index 10
... and now a few GETs:
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 3 bind 1 installed 204 sec used 204 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 4 bind 1 installed 206 sec used 206 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 5 bind 1 installed 235 sec used 235 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
.... as can be observed the reference count keeps going up.
After the fix
$ sudo $TC actions add action drop index 10
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 1 bind 0 installed 4 sec used 4 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 1 bind 0 installed 6 sec used 6 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
$ sudo $TC qdisc add dev lo ingress
$ sudo $TC filter add dev lo parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 127.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action gact index 10
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 2 bind 1 installed 32 sec used 32 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
$ sudo $TC -s actions get action gact index 10
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 10 ref 2 bind 1 installed 33 sec used 33 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Fixes: aecc5cefc3 ("net sched actions: fix GETing actions")
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flower currently allows having the same filter twice with the same
priority. Actions (and statistics update) will always execute on the
first inserted rule leaving the second rule unused.
This patch disallows that.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7bd509e311 ("bpf: add prog_digest and expose it via
fdinfo/netlink") was recently discussed, partially due to
admittedly suboptimal name of "prog_digest" in combination
with sha1 hash usage, thus inevitably and rightfully concerns
about its security in terms of collision resistance were
raised with regards to use-cases.
The intended use cases are for debugging resp. introspection
only for providing a stable "tag" over the instruction sequence
that both kernel and user space can calculate independently.
It's not usable at all for making a security relevant decision.
So collisions where two different instruction sequences generate
the same tag can happen, but ideally at a rather low rate. The
"tag" will be dumped in hex and is short enough to introspect
in tracepoints or kallsyms output along with other data such
as stack trace, etc. Thus, this patch performs a rename into
prog_tag and truncates the tag to a short output (64 bits) to
make it obvious it's not collision-free.
Should in future a hash or facility be needed with a security
relevant focus, then we can think about requirements, constraints,
etc that would fit to that situation. For now, rework the exposed
parts for the current use cases as long as nothing has been
released yet. Tested on x86_64 and s390x.
Fixes: 7bd509e311 ("bpf: add prog_digest and expose it via fdinfo/netlink")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support matching on ARP operation, and hardware and protocol addresses
for Ethernet hardware and IPv4 protocol addresses.
Example usage:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol arp parent ffff: flower indev eth0 \
arp_op request arp_sip 10.0.0.1 action drop
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol rarp parent ffff: flower indev eth0 \
arp_op reply arp_tha 52:54:3f:00:00:00/24 action drop
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
modify act_csum to compute crc32c on IPv4/IPv6 packets having SCTP in
their payload, and extend UAPI definitions accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LIBCRC32C is needed to compute crc32c on SCTP packets.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This struct member is already initialized to zero upon root_ht's
allocation via kzalloc().
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Moise <00moses.alexander00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tc_from field fulfills two roles. It encodes whether a packet was
redirected by an act_mirred device and, if so, whether act_mirred was
called on ingress or egress. Split it into separate fields.
The information is needed by the special IFB loop, where packets are
taken out of the normal path by act_mirred, forwarded to IFB, then
reinjected at their original location (ingress or egress) by IFB.
The IFB device cannot use skb->tc_at_ingress, because that may have
been overwritten as the packet travels from act_mirred to ifb_xmit,
when it passes through tc_classify on the IFB egress path. Cache this
value in skb->tc_from_ingress.
That field is valid only if a packet arriving at ifb_xmit came from
act_mirred. Other packets can be crafted to reach ifb_xmit. These
must be dropped. Set tc_redirected on redirection and drop all packets
that do not have this bit set.
Both fields are set only on cloned skbs in tc actions, so original
packet sources do not have to clear the bit when reusing packets
(notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field tc_at is used only within tc actions to distinguish ingress from
egress processing. A single bit is sufficient for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the remaining two fields from tc_verd and remove the __u16
completely. TC_AT and TC_FROM are converted to equivalent two-bit
integer fields tc_at and tc_from. Where possible, use existing
helper skb_at_tc_ingress when reading tc_at. Introduce helper
skb_reset_tc to clear fields.
Not documenting tc_from and tc_at, because they will be replaced
with single bit fields in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets sent by the IFB device skip subsequent tc classification.
A single bit governs this state. Move it out of tc_verd in
anticipation of removing that __u16 completely.
The new bitfield tc_skip_classify temporarily uses one bit of a
hole, until tc_verd is removed completely in a follow-up patch.
Remove the bit hole comment. It could be 2, 3, 4 or 5 bits long.
With that many options, little value in documenting it.
Introduce a helper function to deduplicate the logic in the two
sites that check this bit.
The field tc_skip_classify is set only in IFB on skbs cloned in
act_mirred, so original packet sources do not have to clear the
bit when reusing packets (notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is no longer kept in tc_verd. Remove it from the global
definition of that struct.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix several error paths in matchall:
- Release reference to actions in case the hardware fails offloading
(relevant to skip_sw only)
- Fix error path in case tcf_exts initialization/validation fail
Fixes: bf3994d2ed ("net/sched: introduce Match-all classifier")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oftenly, introducing side effects on packet processing on the other half
of the stack by adjusting one of TX/RX via sysctl is not desirable.
There are cases of demand for asymmetric, orthogonal configurability.
This holds true especially for nodes where RPS for RFS usage on top is
configured and therefore use the 'old dev_weight'. This is quite a
common base configuration setup nowadays, even with NICs of superior processing
support (e.g. aRFS).
A good example use case are nodes acting as noSQL data bases with a
large number of tiny requests and rather fewer but large packets as responses.
It's affordable to have large budget and rx dev_weights for the
requests. But as a side effect having this large a number on TX
processed in one run can overwhelm drivers.
This patch therefore introduces an independent configurability via sysctl to
userland.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Tafelmeier <matthias.tafelmeier@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now use a non zero mask on addr_type, we are matching on its
value (IPV4/IPV6). So before this fix, matching on enc_src_ip/enc_dst_ip
failed in SW/classify path since its value was zero.
This patch sets the proper value of addr_type for encapsulated packets.
Fixes: 970bfcd097 ('net/sched: cls_flower: Use mask for addr_type')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various ipvlan fixes from Eric Dumazet and Mahesh Bandewar.
The most important is to not assume the packet is RX just because
the destination address matches that of the device. Such an
assumption causes problems when an interface is put into loopback
mode.
2) If we retry when creating a new tc entry (because we dropped the
RTNL mutex in order to load a module, for example) we end up with
-EAGAIN and then loop trying to replay the request. But we didn't
reset some state when looping back to the top like this, and if
another thread meanwhile inserted the same tc entry we were trying
to, we re-link it creating an enless loop in the tc chain. Fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
3) There are two different WRITE bits in the MDIO address register for
the stmmac chip, depending upon the chip variant. Due to a bug we
could set them both, fix from Hock Leong Kweh.
4) Fix mlx4 bug in XDP_TX handling, from Tariq Toukan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: stmmac: fix incorrect bit set in gmac4 mdio addr register
r8169: add support for RTL8168 series add-on card.
net: xdp: remove unused bfp_warn_invalid_xdp_buffer()
openvswitch: upcall: Fix vlan handling.
ipv4: Namespaceify tcp_tw_reuse knob
net: korina: Fix NAPI versus resources freeing
net, sched: fix soft lockup in tc_classify
net/mlx4_en: Fix user prio field in XDP forward
tipc: don't send FIN message from connectionless socket
ipvlan: fix multicast processing
ipvlan: fix various issues in ipvlan_process_multicast()
Shahar reported a soft lockup in tc_classify(), where we run into an
endless loop when walking the classifier chain due to tp->next == tp
which is a state we should never run into. The issue only seems to
trigger under load in the tc control path.
What happens is that in tc_ctl_tfilter(), thread A allocates a new
tp, initializes it, sets tp_created to 1, and calls into tp->ops->change()
with it. In that classifier callback we had to unlock/lock the rtnl
mutex and returned with -EAGAIN. One reason why we need to drop there
is, for example, that we need to request an action module to be loaded.
This happens via tcf_exts_validate() -> tcf_action_init/_1() meaning
after we loaded and found the requested action, we need to redo the
whole request so we don't race against others. While we had to unlock
rtnl in that time, thread B's request was processed next on that CPU.
Thread B added a new tp instance successfully to the classifier chain.
When thread A returned grabbing the rtnl mutex again, propagating -EAGAIN
and destroying its tp instance which never got linked, we goto replay
and redo A's request.
This time when walking the classifier chain in tc_ctl_tfilter() for
checking for existing tp instances we had a priority match and found
the tp instance that was created and linked by thread B. Now calling
again into tp->ops->change() with that tp was successful and returned
without error.
tp_created was never cleared in the second round, thus kernel thinks
that we need to link it into the classifier chain (once again). tp and
*back point to the same object due to the match we had earlier on. Thus
for thread B's already public tp, we reset tp->next to tp itself and
link it into the chain, which eventually causes the mentioned endless
loop in tc_classify() once a packet hits the data path.
Fix is to clear tp_created at the beginning of each request, also when
we replay it. On the paths that can cause -EAGAIN we already destroy
the original tp instance we had and on replay we really need to start
from scratch. It seems that this issue was first introduced in commit
12186be7d2 ("net_cls: fix unconfigured struct tcf_proto keeps chaining
and avoid kernel panic when we use cls_cgroup").
Fixes: 12186be7d2 ("net_cls: fix unconfigured struct tcf_proto keeps chaining and avoid kernel panic when we use cls_cgroup")
Reported-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime_set(S,N) was required for the timespec storage type and is still
useful for situations where a Seconds and Nanoseconds part of a time value
needs to be converted. For anything where the Seconds argument is 0, this
is pointless and can be replaced with a simple assignment.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
ktime is a union because the initial implementation stored the time in
scalar nanoseconds on 64 bit machine and in a endianess optimized timespec
variant for 32bit machines. The Y2038 cleanup removed the timespec variant
and switched everything to scalar nanoseconds. The union remained, but
become completely pointless.
Get rid of the union and just keep ktime_t as simple typedef of type s64.
The conversion was done with coccinelle and some manual mopping up.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
When matching on flags, we should require the user to provide the
mask and avoid using an all-ones mask. Not doing so causes matching
on flags provided w.o mask to hit on the value being unset for all
flags, which may not what the user wanted to happen.
Fixes: faa3ffce78 ('net/sched: cls_flower: Add support for matching on flags')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP dst port was provided to the helper function which sets the
IPv6 IP tunnel meta-data under a wrong param order, fix that.
Fixes: 75bfbca01e ('net/sched: act_tunnel_key: Add UDP dst port option')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make the code clearer, use rb_entry() instead of container_of() to
deal with rbtree.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make the code clearer, use rb_entry() instead of container_of() to
deal with rbtree.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zero bits on the mask signify a "don't care" on the corresponding bits
in key. Some HWs require those bits on the key to be zero. Since these
bits are masked anyway, it's okay to provide the masked key to all
drivers.
Fixes: 5b33f48842 ('net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When addr_type is set, mask should also be set.
Fixes: 66530bdf85 ('sched,cls_flower: set key address type when present')
Fixes: bc3103f1ed ('net/sched: cls_flower: Classify packet in ip tunnels')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support matching on ICMP type and code.
Example usage:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: flower \
indev eth0 ip_proto icmp type 8 code 0 action drop
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ipv6 parent ffff: flower \
indev eth0 ip_proto icmpv6 type 128 code 0 action drop
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add UAPI to provide set of flags for matching, where the flags
provided from user-space are mapped to flow-dissector flags.
The 1st flag allows to match on whether the packet is an
IP fragment and corresponds to the FLOW_DIS_IS_FRAGMENT flag.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When loading a BPF program via bpf(2), calculate the digest over
the program's instruction stream and store it in struct bpf_prog's
digest member. This is done at a point in time before any instructions
are rewritten by the verifier. Any unstable map file descriptor
number part of the imm field will be zeroed for the hash.
fdinfo example output for progs:
# cat /proc/1590/fdinfo/5
pos: 0
flags: 02000002
mnt_id: 11
prog_type: 1
prog_jited: 1
prog_digest: b27e8b06da22707513aa97363dfb11c7c3675d28
memlock: 4096
When programs are pinned and retrieved by an ELF loader, the loader
can check the program's digest through fdinfo and compare it against
one that was generated over the ELF file's program section to see
if the program needs to be reloaded. Furthermore, this can also be
exposed through other means such as netlink in case of a tc cls/act
dump (or xdp in future), but also through tracepoints or other
facilities to identify the program. Other than that, the digest can
also serve as a base name for the work in progress kallsyms support
of programs. The digest doesn't depend/select the crypto layer, since
we need to keep dependencies to a minimum. iproute2 will get support
for this facility.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 18cdb37ebf ("net: sched: do not use tcf_proto 'tp' argument from
call_rcu") removed the last usage of tp from cls_bpf_delete_prog(), so also
remove it from the function as argument to not give a wrong impression. tp
is illegal to access from this callback, since it could already have been
freed.
Refactor the deletion code a bit, so that cls_bpf_destroy() can call into
the same code for prog deletion as cls_bpf_delete() op, instead of having
it unnecessarily duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Old code was hard to maintain, due to complex lock chains.
(We probably will be able to remove some kfree_rcu() in callers)
2) Using a single timer to update all estimators does not scale.
3) Code was buggy on 32bit kernel (WRITE_ONCE() on 64bit quantity
is not supposed to work well)
In this rewrite :
- I removed the RB tree that had to be scanned in
gen_estimator_active(). qdisc dumps should be much faster.
- Each estimator has its own timer.
- Estimations are maintained in net_rate_estimator structure,
instead of dirtying the qdisc. Minor, but part of the simplification.
- Reading the estimator uses RCU and a seqcount to provide proper
support for 32bit kernels.
- We reduce memory need when estimators are not used, since
we store a pointer, instead of the bytes/packets counters.
- xt_rateest_mt() no longer has to grab a spinlock.
(In the future, xt_rateest_tg() could be switched to per cpu counters)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check if the returned device from tcf_exts_get_dev function supports tc
offload and in case the rule can't be offloaded, set the filter hw_dev
parameter to the original device given by the user.
The filter hw_device parameter should always be set by fl_hw_replace_filter
function, since this pointer is used by dump stats and destroy
filter for each flower rule (offloaded or not).
Fixes: 7091d8c705 ('net/sched: cls_flower: Add offload support using egress Hardware device')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 255cb30425 ("net/sched: act_mirred: Add new tc_action_ops get_dev()")
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support hardware offloading when the device given by the tc
rule is different from the Hardware underline device, extract the mirred
(egress) device from the tc action when a filter is added, using the new
tc_action_ops, get_dev().
Flower caches the information about the mirred device and use it for
calling ndo_setup_tc in filter change, update stats and delete.
Calling ndo_setup_tc of the mirred (egress) device instead of the
ingress device will allow a resolution between the software ingress
device and the underline hardware device.
The resolution will take place inside the offloading driver using
'egress_device' flag added to tc_to_netdev struct which is provided to
the offloading driver.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support to a new tc_action_ops.
get_dev is a general option which allows to get the underline
device when trying to offload a tc rule.
In case of mirred action the returned device is the mirred (egress)
device.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of providing many arguments to fl_hw_{replace/destroy}_filter
functions, just provide cls_fl_filter struct that includes all the relevant
args.
This patches doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check skip_hw flag isn't set before calling
fl_hw_{replace/destroy}_filter and fl_hw_update_stats functions.
Replace the call to tc_should_offload with tc_can_offload.
tc_can_offload only checks if the device supports offloading, the check for
skip_hw flag is done earlier in the flow.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be symmetric to hashtable insert and remove filter from hashtable only
in case skip sw flag is not set.
Fixes: e69985c67c ("net/sched: cls_flower: Introduce support in SKIP SW flag")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a validation function to make sure offset is valid:
1. Not below skb head (could happen when offset is negative).
2. Validate both 'offset' and 'at'.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roi reported a crash in flower where tp->root was NULL in ->classify()
callbacks. Reason is that in ->destroy() tp->root is set to NULL via
RCU_INIT_POINTER(). It's problematic for some of the classifiers, because
this doesn't respect RCU grace period for them, and as a result, still
outstanding readers from tc_classify() will try to blindly dereference
a NULL tp->root.
The tp->root object is strictly private to the classifier implementation
and holds internal data the core such as tc_ctl_tfilter() doesn't know
about. Within some classifiers, such as cls_bpf, cls_basic, etc, tp->root
is only checked for NULL in ->get() callback, but nowhere else. This is
misleading and seemed to be copied from old classifier code that was not
cleaned up properly. For example, d3fa76ee6b ("[NET_SCHED]: cls_basic:
fix NULL pointer dereference") moved tp->root initialization into ->init()
routine, where before it was part of ->change(), so ->get() had to deal
with tp->root being NULL back then, so that was indeed a valid case, after
d3fa76ee6b, not really anymore. We used to set tp->root to NULL long
ago in ->destroy(), see 47a1a1d4be ("pkt_sched: remove unnecessary xchg()
in packet classifiers"); but the NULLifying was reintroduced with the
RCUification, but it's not correct for every classifier implementation.
In the cases that are fixed here with one exception of cls_cgroup, tp->root
object is allocated and initialized inside ->init() callback, which is always
performed at a point in time after we allocate a new tp, which means tp and
thus tp->root was not globally visible in the tp chain yet (see tc_ctl_tfilter()).
Also, on destruction tp->root is strictly kfree_rcu()'ed in ->destroy()
handler, same for the tp which is kfree_rcu()'ed right when we return
from ->destroy() in tcf_destroy(). This means, the head object's lifetime
for such classifiers is always tied to the tp lifetime. The RCU callback
invocation for the two kfree_rcu() could be out of order, but that's fine
since both are independent.
Dropping the RCU_INIT_POINTER(tp->root, NULL) for these classifiers here
means that 1) we don't need a useless NULL check in fast-path and, 2) that
outstanding readers of that tp in tc_classify() can still execute under
respect with RCU grace period as it is actually expected.
Things that haven't been touched here: cls_fw and cls_route. They each
handle tp->root being NULL in ->classify() path for historic reasons, so
their ->destroy() implementation can stay as is. If someone actually
cares, they could get cleaned up at some point to avoid the test in fast
path. cls_u32 doesn't set tp->root to NULL. For cls_rsvp, I just added a
!head should anyone actually be using/testing it, so it at least aligns with
cls_fw and cls_route. For cls_flower we additionally need to defer rhashtable
destruction (to a sleepable context) after RCU grace period as concurrent
readers might still access it. (Note that in this case we need to hold module
reference to keep work callback address intact, since we only wait on module
unload for all call_rcu()s to finish.)
This fixes one race to bring RCU grace period guarantees back. Next step
as worked on by Cong however is to fix 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy
proto tp when all filters are gone") to get the order of unlinking the tp
in tc_ctl_tfilter() for the RTM_DELTFILTER case right by moving
RCU_INIT_POINTER() before tcf_destroy() and let the notification for
removal be done through the prior ->delete() callback. Both are independant
issues. Once we have that right, we can then clean tp->root up for a number
of classifiers by not making them RCU pointers, which requires a new callback
(->uninit) that is triggered from tp's RCU callback, where we just kfree()
tp->root from there.
Fixes: 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
Fixes: 9888faefe1 ("net: sched: cls_basic use RCU")
Fixes: 70da9f0bf9 ("net: sched: cls_flow use RCU")
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Fixes: bf3994d2ed ("net/sched: introduce Match-all classifier")
Fixes: 952313bd62 ("net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU")
Reported-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit dcf800344a ("net/sched: act_mirred: Refactor detection whether
dev needs xmit at mac header") added dev_is_mac_header_xmit(); since it's
also useful elsewhere, move it to if_arp.h and reuse it for BPF.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After setup we don't need to keep user space fd number around anymore, as
it also has no useful meaning for anyone, just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udplite conflict is resolved by taking what 'net-next' did
which removed the backlog receive method assignment, since
it is no longer necessary.
Two entries were added to the non-priv ethtool operations
switch statement, one in 'net' and one in 'net-next, so
simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should pass valid filter handle, not the netlink flags.
Fixes: 30a391a13a ("net sched filters: pass netlink message flags in event notification")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All conflicts were simple overlapping changes except perhaps
for the Thunder driver.
That driver has a change_mtu method explicitly for sending
a message to the hardware. If that fails it returns an
error.
Normally a driver doesn't need an ndo_change_mtu method becuase those
are usually just range changes, which are now handled generically.
But since this extra operation is needed in the Thunder driver, it has
to stay.
However, if the message send fails we have to restore the original
MTU before the change because the entire call chain expects that if
an error is thrown by ndo_change_mtu then the MTU did not change.
Therefore code is added to nicvf_change_mtu to remember the original
MTU, and to restore it upon nicvf_update_hw_max_frs() failue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make struct pernet_operations::id unsigned.
There are 2 reasons to do so:
1)
This field is really an index into an zero based array and
thus is unsigned entity. Using negative value is out-of-bound
access by definition.
2)
On x86_64 unsigned 32-bit data which are mixed with pointers
via array indexing or offsets added or subtracted to pointers
are preffered to signed 32-bit data.
"int" being used as an array index needs to be sign-extended
to 64-bit before being used.
void f(long *p, int i)
{
g(p[i]);
}
roughly translates to
movsx rsi, esi
mov rdi, [rsi+...]
call g
MOVSX is 3 byte instruction which isn't necessary if the variable is
unsigned because x86_64 is zero extending by default.
Now, there is net_generic() function which, you guessed it right, uses
"int" as an array index:
static inline void *net_generic(const struct net *net, int id)
{
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
}
And this function is used a lot, so those sign extensions add up.
Patch snipes ~1730 bytes on allyesconfig kernel (without all junk
messing with code generation):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
Unfortunately some functions actually grow bigger.
This is a semmingly random artefact of code generation with register
allocator being used differently. gcc decides that some variable
needs to live in new r8+ registers and every access now requires REX
prefix. Or it is shifted into r12, so [r12+0] addressing mode has to be
used which is longer than [r8]
However, overall balance is in negative direction:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
function old new delta
nfsd4_lock 3886 3959 +73
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1096 1140 +44
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2776 2808 +32
tipc_mon_rcv 1032 1058 +26
svcauth_gss_legacy_init 1413 1429 +16
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 379 392 +13
nfsd4_exchange_id 1247 1260 +13
nfsd4_setclientid_confirm 782 793 +11
...
put_client_renew_locked 494 480 -14
ip_set_sockfn_get 730 716 -14
geneve_sock_add 829 813 -16
nfsd4_sequence_done 721 703 -18
nlmclnt_lookup_host 708 686 -22
nfsd4_lockt 1085 1063 -22
nfs_get_client 1077 1050 -27
tcf_bpf_init 1106 1076 -30
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5997 5930 -67
Total: Before=154856051, After=154854321, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userland client should be able to read an event, and reflect it back to
the kernel, therefore it needs to extract complete set of netlink flags.
For example, this will allow "tc monitor" to distinguish Add and Replace
operations.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I wrote sch_fq.c, hash_ptr() on 64bit arches was awful,
and I chose hash_32().
Linus Torvalds and George Spelvin fixed this issue, so we can
use hash_ptr() to get more entropy on 64bit arches with Terabytes
of memory, and avoid the cast games.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a second batch of Netfilter updates for
your net-next tree. This includes a rework of the core hook
infrastructure that improves Netfilter performance by ~15% according to
synthetic benchmarks. Then, a large batch with ipset updates, including
a new hash:ipmac set type, via Jozsef Kadlecsik. This also includes a
couple of assorted updates.
Regarding the core hook infrastructure rework to improve performance,
using this simple drop-all packets ruleset from ingress:
nft add table netdev x
nft add chain netdev x y { type filter hook ingress device eth0 priority 0\; }
nft add rule netdev x y drop
And generating traffic through Jesper Brouer's
samples/pktgen/pktgen_bench_xmit_mode_netif_receive.sh script using -i
option. perf report shows nf_tables calls in its top 10:
17.30% kpktgend_0 [nf_tables] [k] nft_do_chain
15.75% kpktgend_0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
10.39% kpktgend_0 [nf_tables_netdev] [k] nft_do_chain_netdev
I'm measuring here an improvement of ~15% in performance with this
patchset, so we got +2.5Mpps more. I have used my old laptop Intel(R)
Core(TM) i5-3320M CPU @ 2.60GHz 4-cores.
This rework contains more specifically, in strict order, these patches:
1) Remove compile-time debugging from core.
2) Remove obsolete comments that predate the rcu era. These days it is
well known that a Netfilter hook always runs under rcu_read_lock().
3) Remove threshold handling, this is only used by br_netfilter too.
We already have specific code to handle this from br_netfilter,
so remove this code from the core path.
4) Deprecate NF_STOP, as this is only used by br_netfilter.
5) Place nf_state_hook pointer into xt_action_param structure, so
this structure fits into one single cacheline according to pahole.
This also implicit affects nftables since it also relies on the
xt_action_param structure.
6) Move state->hook_entries into nf_queue entry. The hook_entries
pointer is only required by nf_queue(), so we can store this in the
queue entry instead.
7) use switch() statement to handle verdict cases.
8) Remove hook_entries field from nf_hook_state structure, this is only
required by nf_queue, so store it in nf_queue_entry structure.
9) Merge nf_iterate() into nf_hook_slow() that results in a much more
simple and readable function.
10) Handle NF_REPEAT away from the core, so far the only client is
nf_conntrack_in() and we can restart the packet processing using a
simple goto to jump back there when the TCP requires it.
This update required a second pass to fix fallout, fix from
Arnd Bergmann.
11) Set random seed from nft_hash when no seed is specified from
userspace.
12) Simplify nf_tables expression registration, in a much smarter way
to save lots of boiler plate code, by Liping Zhang.
13) Simplify layer 4 protocol conntrack tracker registration, from
Davide Caratti.
14) Missing CONFIG_NF_SOCKET_IPV4 dependency for udp4_lib_lookup, due
to recent generalization of the socket infrastructure, from Arnd
Bergmann.
15) Then, the ipset batch from Jozsef, he describes it as it follows:
* Cleanup: Remove extra whitespaces in ip_set.h
* Cleanup: Mark some of the helpers arguments as const in ip_set.h
* Cleanup: Group counter helper functions together in ip_set.h
* struct ip_set_skbinfo is introduced instead of open coded fields
in skbinfo get/init helper funcions.
* Use kmalloc() in comment extension helper instead of kzalloc()
because it is unnecessary to zero out the area just before
explicit initialization.
* Cleanup: Split extensions into separate files.
* Cleanup: Separate memsize calculation code into dedicated function.
* Cleanup: group ip_set_put_extensions() and ip_set_get_extensions()
together.
* Add element count to hash headers by Eric B Munson.
* Add element count to all set types header for uniform output
across all set types.
* Count non-static extension memory into memsize calculation for
userspace.
* Cleanup: Remove redundant mtype_expire() arguments, because
they can be get from other parameters.
* Cleanup: Simplify mtype_expire() for hash types by removing
one level of intendation.
* Make NLEN compile time constant for hash types.
* Make sure element data size is a multiple of u32 for the hash set
types.
* Optimize hash creation routine, exit as early as possible.
* Make struct htype per ipset family so nets array becomes fixed size
and thus simplifies the struct htype allocation.
* Collapse same condition body into a single one.
* Fix reported memory size for hash:* types, base hash bucket structure
was not taken into account.
* hash:ipmac type support added to ipset by Tomasz Chilinski.
* Use setup_timer() and mod_timer() instead of init_timer()
by Muhammad Falak R Wani, individually for the set type families.
16) Remove useless connlabel field in struct netns_ct, patch from
Florian Westphal.
17) xt_find_table_lock() doesn't return ERR_PTR() anymore, so simplify
{ip,ip6,arp}tables code that uses this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current tunnel set action supports only IP addresses and key
options. Add UDP dst port option.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dst port parameter to __ip_tun_set_dst and __ipv6_tun_set_dst
utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current IP tunneling classification supports only IP addresses and key.
Enhance UDP based IP tunneling classification parameters by adding UDP
src and dst port.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When encapsulation field is set, mark it as used key for the flow
dissector. This will be used by offloading drivers.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for drivers to pick the relevant action when offloading tunnel
key act.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a clear misconfiguration to attach a qdisc to a device with
tx_queue_len zero, because some qdisc's (namely, pfifo, bfifo, gred,
htb, plug and sfb) inherit/copy this value as their queue length.
Why should the kernel catch such a misconfiguration? Because prior to
introducing the IFF_NO_QUEUE device flag, userspace found a loophole
in the qdisc config system that allowed them to achieve the equivalent
of IFF_NO_QUEUE, which is to remove the qdisc code path entirely from
a device. The loophole on older kernels is setting tx_queue_len=0,
*prior* to device qdisc init (the config time is significant, simply
setting tx_queue_len=0 doesn't trigger the loophole).
This loophole is currently used by Docker[1] to get better performance
and scalability out of the veth device. The Docker developers were
warned[1] that they needed to adjust the tx_queue_len if ever
attaching a qdisc. The OpenShift project didn't remember this warning
and attached a qdisc, this were caught and fixed in[2].
[1] https://github.com/docker/libcontainer/pull/193
[2] https://github.com/openshift/origin/pull/11126
Instead of fixing every userspace program that used this loophole, and
forgot to reset the tx_queue_len, prior to attaching a qdisc. Let's
catch the misconfiguration on the kernel side.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support matching on SCTP ports in the same way that matching
on TCP and UDP ports is already supported.
Example usage:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower indev eth0 ip_proto sctp dst_port 80 \
action drop
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Place pointer to hook state in xt_action_param structure instead of
copying the fields that we need. After this change xt_action_param fits
into one cacheline.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move common code from fl_delete and fl_detroy to __fl_delete.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_unbind was called in fl_delete but was missing in fl_destroy when
force deleting flows.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ('tc: introduce Flower classifier')
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nla_parse_nested instead of open-coding the call to
nla_parse() with the attribute data/len.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap several common instances of:
kmemdup(nla_data(attr), nla_len(attr), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel says:
While trying out [1][2], I noticed that tc monitor doesn't show the
correct handle on delete:
$ tc monitor
qdisc clsact ffff: dev eno1 parent ffff:fff1
filter dev eno1 ingress protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x2a [...]
deleted filter dev eno1 ingress protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0xf3be0c80
some context to explain the above:
The user identity of any tc filter is represented by a 32-bit
identifier encoded in tcm->tcm_handle. Example 0x2a in the bpf filter
above. A user wishing to delete, get or even modify a specific filter
uses this handle to reference it.
Every classifier is free to provide its own semantics for the 32 bit handle.
Example: classifiers like u32 use schemes like 800:1:801 to describe
the semantics of their filters represented as hash table, bucket and
node ids etc.
Classifiers also have internal per-filter representation which is different
from this externally visible identity. Most classifiers set this
internal representation to be a pointer address (which allows fast retrieval
of said filters in their implementations). This internal representation
is referenced with the "fh" variable in the kernel control code.
When a user successfuly deletes a specific filter, by specifying the correct
tcm->tcm_handle, an event is generated to user space which indicates
which specific filter was deleted.
Before this patch, the "fh" value was sent to user space as the identity.
As an example what is shown in the sample bpf filter delete event above
is 0xf3be0c80. This is infact a 32-bit truncation of 0xffff8807f3be0c80
which happens to be a 64-bit memory address of the internal filter
representation (address of the corresponding filter's struct cls_bpf_prog);
After this patch the appropriate user identifiable handle as encoded
in the originating request tcm->tcm_handle is generated in the event.
One of the cardinal rules of netlink rules is to be able to take an
event (such as a delete in this case) and reflect it back to the
kernel and successfully delete the filter. This patch achieves that.
Note, this issue has existed since the original TC action
infrastructure code patch back in 2004 as found in:
https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/history/history.git/commit/
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/682828/
[2] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/682829/
Fixes: 4e54c4816bfe ("[NET]: Add tc extensions infrastructure.")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user may want to use only some bits of the skb mark in
his skbedit rules because the remaining part might be used by
something else.
Introduce the "mask" parameter to the skbedit actor in order
to implement such functionality.
When the mask is specified, only those bits selected by the
latter are altered really changed by the actor, while the
rest is left untouched.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I prepared commit d250a5f90e ("pkt_sched: gen_estimator: Dont
report fake rate estimators"), htb still had an implicit rate estimator
for all its classes.
Then later, I made this rate estimator optional in commit 64153ce0a7
("net_sched: htb: do not setup default rate estimators"), but I forgot
to update htb use of gnet_stats_copy_rate_est()
After this patch, "tc -s qdisc ..." no longer report fake rate
estimators for HTB classes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
META_COLLECTOR int_vlan_tag() assumes that if the accel tag (vlan_tci)
is zero, then no vlan accel tag is present.
This is incorrect for zero VID vlan accel packets, making the following
match fail:
tc filter add ... basic match 'meta(vlan mask 0xfff eq 0)' ...
Apparently 'int_vlan_tag' was implemented prior VLAN_TAG_PRESENT was
introduced in 05423b2 "vlan: allow null VLAN ID to be used"
(and at time introduced, the 'vlan_tx_tag_get' call in em_meta was not
adapted).
Fix, testing skb_vlan_tag_present instead of testing skb_vlan_tag_get's
value.
Fixes: 05423b2413 ("vlan: allow null VLAN ID to be used")
Fixes: 1a31f2042e ("netsched: Allow meta match on vlan tag on receive")
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
geneve:
- Merge __geneve_change_mtu back into geneve_change_mtu, set max_mtu
- This one isn't quite as straight-forward as others, could use some
closer inspection and testing
macvlan:
- set min/max_mtu
tun:
- set min/max_mtu, remove tun_net_change_mtu
vxlan:
- Merge __vxlan_change_mtu back into vxlan_change_mtu
- Set max_mtu to IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in
change_mtu function
- This one is also not as straight-forward and could use closer inspection
and testing from vxlan folks
bridge:
- set max_mtu of IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in
change_mtu function
openvswitch:
- set min/max_mtu, remove internal_dev_change_mtu
- note: max_mtu wasn't checked previously, it's been set to 65535, which
is the largest possible size supported
sch_teql:
- set min/max_mtu (note: max_mtu previously unchecked, used max of 65535)
macsec:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
macvlan:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
ntb_netdev:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
veth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535
8021q:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
CC: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
CC: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
CC: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
CC: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
CC: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
CC: Maxim Krasnyansky <maxk@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stats_update callback is called by NIC drivers doing hardware
offloading of the mirred action. Lastuse is passed as argument
to specify when the stats was actually last updated and is not
always the current time.
Fixes: 9798e6fe4f ('net: act_mirred: allow statistic updates from offloaded actions')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now, 'action mirred' supported only egress actions (either
TCA_EGRESS_REDIR or TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR).
This patch implements the corresponding ingress actions
TCA_INGRESS_REDIR and TCA_INGRESS_MIRROR.
This allows attaching filters whose target is to hand matching skbs into
the rx processing of a specified device.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move detection logic that tests whether device expects skb data to point
at mac_header upon xmit into a function.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tcfm_ok_push' specifies whether a mac_len sized push is needed upon
egress to the target device (if action is performed at ingress).
Rename it to 'tcfm_mac_header_xmit' as this is actually an attribute of
the target device (and use a bool instead of int).
This allows to decouple the attribute from the action to be taken.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Krister reported a kernel NULL pointer dereference after
tcf_action_init_1() invokes a_o->init(), it is a race condition
where one thread calling tcf_register_action() to initialize
the netns data after putting act ops in the global list and
the other thread searching the list and then calling
a_o->init(net, ...).
Fix this by moving the pernet ops registration before making
the action ops visible. This is fine because: a) we don't
rely on act_base in pernet ops->init(), b) in the worst case we
have a fully initialized netns but ops is still not ready so
new actions still can't be created.
Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Tested-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two ways to get tc filters from kernel to user space.
1) Full dump (tc_dump_tfilter())
2) RTM_GETTFILTER to get one precise filter, reducing overhead.
The second operation is unfortunately broadcasting its result,
polluting "tc monitor" users.
This patch makes sure only the requester gets the result, using
netlink_unicast() instead of rtnetlink_send()
Jamal cooked an iproute2 patch to implement "tc filter get" operation,
but other user space libraries already use RTM_GETTFILTER when a single
filter is queried, instead of dumping all filters.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generic skb_vlan_push/skb_vlan_pop functions don't properly handle the
case where the input skb data pointer does not point at the mac header:
- They're doing push/pop, but fail to properly unwind data back to its
original location.
For example, in the skb_vlan_push case, any subsequent
'skb_push(skb, skb->mac_len)' calls make the skb->data point 4 bytes
BEFORE start of frame, leading to bogus frames that may be transmitted.
- They update rcsum per the added/removed 4 bytes tag.
Alas if data is originally after the vlan/eth headers, then these
bytes were already pulled out of the csum.
OTOH calling skb_vlan_push/skb_vlan_pop with skb->data at mac_header
present no issues.
act_vlan is the only caller to skb_vlan_*() that has skb->data pointing
at network header (upon ingress).
Other calles (ovs, bpf) already adjust skb->data at mac_header.
This patch fixes act_vlan to point to the mac_header prior calling
skb_vlan_*() functions, as other callers do.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code use the encapsulation key id value as the mask of that
parameter which is wrong. Fix that by using a full mask.
Fixes: bc3103f1ed ('net/sched: cls_flower: Classify packet in ip tunnels')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ife encode side, the action stores the different tlvs inside the ife
header, where each tlv length field should refer to the length of the
whole tlv (without additional padding) and not just the data length.
On ife decode side, the action iterates over the tlvs in the ife header
and parses them one by one, where in each iteration the current pointer is
advanced according to the tlv size.
Before, the encoding encoded only the data length inside the tlv, which led
to false parsing of ife the header. In addition, due to the fact that the
loop counter was unsigned, it could lead to infinite parsing loop.
This fix changes the loop counter to be signed and fixes the encoding to
take into account the tlv type and size.
Fixes: 28a10c426e ("net sched: fix encoding to use real length")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ife encode side, external mac header is copied from the original packet
and may be overridden if the user requests. Before, the mac header copy
was done from memory region that might not be accessible anymore, as
skb_cow_head might free it and copy the packet. This led to random values
in the external mac header once the values were not set by user.
This fix takes the internal mac header from the packet, after the call to
skb_cow_head.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("net sched: introduce IFE action")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like the following patch can make FQ very precise, even in VM
or stressed hosts. It matters at high pacing rates.
We take into account the difference between the time that was programmed
when last packet was sent, and current time (a drift of tens of usecs is
often observed)
Add an EWMA of the unthrottle latency to help diagnostics.
This latency is the difference between current time and oldest packet in
delayed RB-tree. This accounts for the high resolution timer latency,
but can be different under stress, as fq_check_throttled() can be
opportunistically be called from a dequeue() called after an enqueue()
for a different flow.
Tested:
// Start a 10Gbit flow
$ netperf --google-pacing-rate 1250000000 -H lpaa24 -l 10000 -- -K bbr &
Before patch :
$ sar -n DEV 10 5 | grep eth0 | grep Average
Average: eth0 17106.04 756876.84 1102.75 1119049.02 0.00 0.00 0.52
After patch :
$ sar -n DEV 10 5 | grep eth0 | grep Average
Average: eth0 17867.00 800245.90 1151.77 1183172.12 0.00 0.00 0.52
A new iproute2 tc can output the 'unthrottle latency' :
$ tc -s qd sh dev eth0 | grep latency
0 gc, 0 highprio, 32490767 throttled, 2382 ns latency
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On error path in route4_change(), 'f' could be NULL,
so we should check NULL before calling tcf_exts_destroy().
Fixes: b9a24bb76b ("net_sched: properly handle failure case of tcf_exts_init()")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCA_VLAN_ACT_MODIFY allows one to change an existing tag.
It accepts same attributes as TCA_VLAN_ACT_PUSH (protocol, id,
priority).
If packet is vlan tagged, then the tag gets overwritten according to
user specified attributes.
For example, this allows user to replace a tag's vid while preserving
its priority bits (as opposed to "action vlan pop pipe action vlan push").
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement .stats_update() callback. The implementation
is generic and can be reused by other simple actions if
needed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call into offloaded filters to update stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_SW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW flag.
Unlike U32 and flower cls_bpf already has some netlink
flags defined. Create a new attribute to be able to use
the same flag values as the above.
Unlike U32 and flower reject unknown flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds hardware offload capability to cls_bpf classifier,
similar to what have been done with U32 and flower.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds to the fq module a low_rate_threshold parameter to
insert a delay after all packets if the socket requests a pacing rate
below the threshold.
This helps achieve more precise control of the sending rate with
low-rate paths, especially policers. The basic issue is that if a
congestion control module detects a policer at a certain rate, it may
want fq to be able to shape to that policed rate. That way the sender
can avoid policer drops by having the packets arrive at the policer at
or just under the policed rate.
The default threshold of 550Kbps was chosen analytically so that for
policers or links at 500Kbps or 512Kbps fq would very likely invoke
this mechanism, even if the pacing rate was briefly slightly above the
available bandwidth. This value was then empirically validated with
two years of production testing on YouTube video servers.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the batch changes that translated transient actions into
a temporary list lost in the translation was the fact that
tcf_action_destroy() will eventually delete the action from
the permanent location if the refcount is zero.
Example of what broke:
...add a gact action to drop
sudo $TC actions add action drop index 10
...now retrieve it, looks good
sudo $TC actions get action gact index 10
...retrieve it again and find it is gone!
sudo $TC actions get action gact index 10
Fixes: 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array"),
Fixes: 824a7e8863 ("net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()")
Fixes: f07fed82ad ("net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
setting conforming action to drop is a valid policy.
When it is set we need to at least see the stats indicating it
for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sample use case of how this is encoded:
user space via tuntap (or a connected VM/Machine/container)
encodes the tcindex TLV.
Sample use case of decoding:
IFE action decodes it and the skb->tc_index is then used to classify.
So something like this for encoded ICMP packets:
.. first decode then reclassify... skb->tcindex will be set
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 2 protocol 0xbeef \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action ife decode reclassify
...next match the decode icmp packet...
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 4 protocol ip \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:1 \
action continue
... last classify it using the tcindex classifier and do someaction..
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 5 protocol ip \
handle 0x11 tcindex classid 1:1 \
action blah..
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces sk_buff_head struct in Qdiscs with new qdisc_skb_head.
Its similar to the skb_buff_head api, but does not use skb->prev pointers.
Qdiscs will commonly enqueue at the tail of a list and dequeue at head.
While skb_buff_head works fine for this, enqueue/dequeue needs to also
adjust the prev pointer of next element.
The ->prev pointer is not required for qdiscs so we can just leave
it undefined and avoid one cacheline write access for en/dequeue.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patch these functions are identical.
Replace __skb_dequeue in qdiscs with __qdisc_dequeue_head.
Next patch will then make __qdisc_dequeue_head handle
single-linked list instead of strcut sk_buff_head argument.
Doesn't change generated code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves qdisc stat accouting to qdisc_dequeue_head.
The only direct caller of the __qdisc_dequeue_head version open-codes
this now.
This allows us to later use __qdisc_dequeue_head as a replacement
of __skb_dequeue() (which operates on sk_buff_head list).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A followup change will replace the sk_buff_head in the qdisc
struct with a slightly different list.
Use of the sk_buff_head helpers will thus cause compiler
warnings.
Open-code these accesses in an extra change to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fq is used on 32bit kernels, we need to lock the qdisc before
copying 64bit fields.
Otherwise "tc -s qdisc ..." might report bogus values.
Fixes: afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c3f8324188 "net: Add full IPv6 addresses to flow_keys" added an
unused instance of struct flow_dissector_key_addrs into struct fl_flow_key,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the definitions for src/dst udp/tcp port masks and use
them when setting && dumping the relevant keys.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is intended to be an upgrade from a usability perspective
from pedit (as well as operational debugability).
Compare this:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action pedit munge offset -14 u8 set 0x02 \
munge offset -13 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -12 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -11 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -10 u16 set 0x1515 \
pipe
to:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbmod dmac 02:15:15:15:15:15
Also try to do a MAC address swap with pedit or worse
try to debug a policy with destination mac, source mac and
etherype. Then make few rules out of those and you'll get my point.
In the future common use cases on pedit can be migrated to this action
(as an example different fields in ip v4/6, transports like tcp/udp/sctp
etc). For this first cut, this allows modifying basic ethernet header.
The most important ethernet use case at the moment is when redirecting or
mirroring packets to a remote machine. The dst mac address needs a re-write
so that it doesnt get dropped or confuse an interconnecting (learning) switch
or dropped by a target machine (which looks at the dst mac). And at times
when flipping back the packet a swap of the MAC addresses is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a small skb_at_tc_ingress() helper for testing for ingress, so
make use of it. cls_bpf already uses it and so should act_bpf.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb_mac_header_was_set() test in cls_bpf's and act_bpf's fast-path is
actually unnecessary and can be removed altogether. This was added by
commit a166151cbe ("bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative
offsets"), which was later on improved by 3431205e03 ("bpf: make programs
see skb->data == L2 for ingress and egress"). We're always guaranteed to
have valid mac header at the time we invoke cls_bpf_classify() or tcf_bpf().
Reason is that since 6d1ccff627 ("net: reset mac header in dev_start_xmit()")
we do skb_reset_mac_header() in __dev_queue_xmit() before we could call
into sch_handle_egress() or any subsequent enqueue. sch_handle_ingress()
always sees a valid mac header as well (things like skb_reset_mac_len()
would badly fail otherwise). Thus, drop the unnecessary test in classifier
and action case.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove rcu_read_lock protection from tunnel_key_dump and use
rtnl_dereference, dump operation is protected by rtnl lock.
Also, remove rcu_read_lock from tunnel_key_release and use
rcu_dereference_protected.
Both operations are running exclusively and a writer couldn't modify
t->params while those functions are executed.
Fixes: 54d94fd89d90 ('net/sched: Introduce act_tunnel_key')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action could be used before redirecting packets to a shared tunnel
device, or when redirecting packets arriving from a such a device.
The action will release the metadata created by the tunnel device
(decap), or set the metadata with the specified values for encap
operation.
For example, the following flower filter will forward all ICMP packets
destined to 11.11.11.2 through the shared vxlan device 'vxlan0'. Before
redirecting, a metadata for the vxlan tunnel is created using the
tunnel_key action and it's arguments:
$ tc filter add dev net0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 1 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.2 \
action tunnel_key set \
src_ip 11.11.0.1 \
dst_ip 11.11.0.2 \
id 11 \
action mirred egress redirect dev vxlan0
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce classifying by metadata extracted by the tunnel device.
Outer header fields - source/dest ip and tunnel id, are extracted from
the metadata when classifying.
For example, the following will add a filter on the ingress Qdisc of shared
vxlan device named 'vxlan0'. To forward packets with outer src ip
11.11.0.2, dst ip 11.11.0.1 and tunnel id 11. The packets will be
forwarded to tap device 'vnet0' (after metadata is released):
$ tc filter add dev vxlan0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
enc_src_ip 11.11.0.2 \
enc_dst_ip 11.11.0.1 \
enc_key_id 11 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.1 \
action tunnel_key release \
action mirred egress redirect dev vnet0
The action tunnel_key, will be introduced in the next patch in this
series.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of VLAN support caused a possible use of uninitialized
data if we encounter a zero TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_TYPE key, as pointed
out by "gcc -Wmaybe-uninitialized":
net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function 'fl_change':
net/sched/cls_flower.c:366:22: error: 'ethertype' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This changes the code to only set the ethertype field if it
was nonzero, as before the patch.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 9399ae9a6c ("net_sched: flower: Add vlan support")
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should qdisc_alloc() fail, we must release the module refcount
we got right before.
Fixes: 6da7c8fcbc ("qdisc: allow setting default queuing discipline")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encoding of the metadata was using the padded length as opposed to
the real length of the data which is a bug per specification.
This has not been an issue todate because all metadatum specified
so far has been 32 bit where aligned and data length are the same width.
This also includes a bug fix for validating the length of a u16 field.
But since there is no metadata of size u16 yes we are fine to include it
here.
While at it get rid of magic numbers.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("net sched: introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array")
we do dynamic allocation in tcf_exts_init(), therefore we need
to handle the ENOMEM case properly.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current vlan push action supports only vid and protocol options.
Add priority option.
Example script that adds vlan push action with vid and
priority:
tc filter add dev veth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
indev veth0 \
action vlan push id 100 priority 5
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance flower to support 802.1Q vlan protocol classification.
Currently, the supported fields are vlan_id and vlan_priority.
Example:
# add a flower filter with vlan id and priority classification
tc filter add dev ens4f0 protocol 802.1Q parent ffff: \
flower \
indev ens4f0 \
vlan_ethtype ipv4 \
vlan_id 100 \
vlan_prio 3 \
action vlan pop
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current flower implementation checks the mask range and set all the
keys included in that range as "used_keys", even if a specific key in
the range has a zero mask.
This behavior can cause a false positive return value of
dissector_uses_key function and unnecessary dissection in
__skb_flow_dissect.
This patch checks explicitly the mask of each key and "used_keys" will
be set accordingly.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ('tc: introduce Flower classifier')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_dump_qdisc() performs dumping of the per-device qdiscs in two phases;
first, the "standard" dev->qdisc is being dumped. Second, if there is/are
ingress queue(s), they are being dumped as well.
After conversion of netdevice's qdisc linked-list into hashtable, these
two sets are not in two disjunctive sets/lists any more, but are both
"reachable" directly from netdevice's hashtable. As a consequence, the
"full-depth" dump of the ingress qdiscs results in immediately hitting the
netdevice hashtable again, and duplicating the dump that has already been
performed for dev->qdisc.
What in fact needs to be dumped in case of ingress queue is "just" the
top-level ingress qdisc, as everything else has been dumped already.
Fix this by extending tc_dump_qdisc_root() in a way that it can be instructed
whether it should (while performing the "full" per-netdev qdisc dump) perform
the whole recursion, or just dump "additional" top-level (ingress) qdiscs
without performing any kind of recursion.
This fixes duplicate dumps such as
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fixes: 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_match_from_root() is now iterating over per-netdevice qdisc
hashtable instead of going through a linked-list of qdiscs (independently
on the actual underlying netdev), which was the case before the switch to
hashtable for qdiscs.
For singleton qdiscs, there is no underlying netdev associated though, and
therefore dumping a singleton qdisc will panic, as qdisc_dev(root) will
always be NULL.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000410
IP: [<ffffffff8167efac>] qdisc_match_from_root+0x2c/0x70
PGD 1aceba067 PUD 1aceb7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
[ ... ]
task: ffff8801ec996e00 task.stack: ffff8801ec934000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8167efac>] [<ffffffff8167efac>] qdisc_match_from_root+0x2c/0x70
RSP: 0018:ffff8801ec937ab0 EFLAGS: 00010203
RAX: 0000000000000408 RBX: ffff88025e612000 RCX: ffffffffffffffd8
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00000000ffff0000 RDI: ffffffff81cf8100
RBP: ffff8801ec937ab0 R08: 000000000001c160 R09: ffff8802668032c0
R10: ffffffff81cf8100 R11: 0000000000000030 R12: 00000000ffff0000
R13: ffff88025e612000 R14: ffffffff81cf3140 R15: 0000000000000000
FS: 00007f24b9af6740(0000) GS:ffff88026f280000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000000000410 CR3: 00000001aceec000 CR4: 00000000001406e0
Stack:
ffff8801ec937ad0 ffffffff81681210 ffff88025dd51a00 00000000fffffff1
ffff8801ec937b88 ffffffff81681e4e ffffffff81c42bc0 ffff880262431500
ffffffff81cf3140 ffff88025dd51a10 ffff88025dd51a24 00000000ec937b38
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81681210>] qdisc_lookup+0x40/0x50
[<ffffffff81681e4e>] tc_modify_qdisc+0x21e/0x550
[<ffffffff8166ae25>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x95/0x220
[<ffffffff81209602>] ? __kmalloc_track_caller+0x172/0x230
[<ffffffff8166ad90>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x870/0x870
[<ffffffff816897b7>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa7/0xc0
[<ffffffff816657c8>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x30
[<ffffffff8168919b>] netlink_unicast+0x15b/0x210
[<ffffffff81689569>] netlink_sendmsg+0x319/0x390
[<ffffffff816379f8>] sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50
[<ffffffff81638296>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x256/0x260
[<ffffffff811b1275>] ? __pagevec_lru_add_fn+0x135/0x280
[<ffffffff811b1a90>] ? pagevec_lru_move_fn+0xd0/0xf0
[<ffffffff811b1140>] ? trace_event_raw_event_mm_lru_insertion+0x180/0x180
[<ffffffff811b1b85>] ? __lru_cache_add+0x75/0xb0
[<ffffffff817708a6>] ? _raw_spin_unlock+0x16/0x40
[<ffffffff811d8dff>] ? handle_mm_fault+0x39f/0x1160
[<ffffffff81638b15>] __sys_sendmsg+0x45/0x80
[<ffffffff81638b62>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff810038e7>] do_syscall_64+0x57/0xb0
Fix this by special-casing singleton qdiscs (those that don't have
underlying netdevice) and introduce immediate handling of those rather
than trying to go over an underlying netdevice. We're in the same
situation in tc_dump_qdisc_root() and tc_dump_tclass_root().
Ultimately, this will have to be slightly reworked so that we are actually
able to show singleton qdiscs (noop) in the dump properly; but we're not
currently doing that anyway, so no regression there, and better do this in
a gradual manner.
Fixes: 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The act_police uses its own code to walk the
action hashtable, which leads to that we could
not flush standalone tc police actions, so just
switch to tcf_generic_walker() like other actions.
(Joint work from Roman and Cong.)
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jamal reported a crash when we create a police action
with a specific index, this is because the init logic
is not correct, we should always create one for this
case. Just unify the logic with other tc actions.
Fixes: a03e6fe569 ("act_police: fix a crash during removal")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This list_del() for tc action is not needed actually,
because we only use this list to chain bulk operations,
therefore should not be carried for latter operations.
Fixes: ec0595cc44 ("net_sched: get rid of struct tcf_common")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After refactoring tc_action into tcf_common, we no
longer need to cleanup temporary "actions" in list,
they are permanently stored in the hashtable.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-device linked list into a hashtable. The primary
motivation for this change is that currently, we're not tracking all the
qdiscs in hierarchy (e.g. excluding default qdiscs), as the lookup
performed over the linked list by qdisc_match_from_root() is rather
expensive.
The ultimate goal is to get rid of hidden qdiscs completely, which will
bring much more determinism in user experience.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code using this variable has been commented out in the past as it
was causing issues in upperlimited link-sharing scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch simplifies how we update fsc and calculate vt from it - while
keeping the expected functionality identical with how hfsc behaves
curently. It also fixes a certain issue introduced with
a very old patch.
The idea is, that instead of correcting cl_vt before fsc curve update
(rtsc_min) and correcting cl_vt after calculation (rtsc_y2x) to keep
cl_vt local to the current period - we can simply rely on virtual times
and curve values always being in sync - analogously to how rsc and usc
function, except that we use virtual time here.
Why hasn't it been done since the beginning this way ? The likely scenario
(basing on the code trying to correct curves whenever possible) was to
keep the virtual times as small as possible - as they have tendency to
"gallop" forward whenever their siblings and other fair sharing
subtrees are idling. On top of that, current code is subtly bugged, so
cumulative time (without any corrections) is always kept and used in
init_vf() when a new backlog period begins (using cl_cvtoff).
Is cumulative value safe ? Generally yes, though corner cases are easy
to create. For example consider:
1gbit interface
some 100kbit leaf, everything else idle
With current tick (64ns) 1s is 15625000 ticks, but the leaf is alone and
it's virtual time, so in reality it's 10000 times more. ITOW 38 bits are
needed to hold 1 second. 54 - 1 day, 59 - 1 month, 63 - 1 year (all
logarithms rounded up). It's getting somewhat dangerous, but also
requires setup excusing this kind of values not mentioning permanently
backlogged class for a year. In near most extreme case (10gbit, 10kbit
leaf), we have "enough" to hold ~13.6 days in 64 bits.
Well, the issue remains mostly theoretical and cl_cvtoff has been
working fine for all those years. Sensible configuration are de-facto
immune to this issue, and not so sensible can solve it with a cronjob
and its period inversely proportional to the insanity of such setup =)
Now let's explain the subtle bug mentioned earlier.
The issue is related to how offsets are kept and how we calculate
virtual times and update fair service curve(s). The issue itself is
subtle, but easy to observe with long m1 segments. It was introduced in
rather old patch:
Commit 99296150c7: "[NET_SCHED]: O(1) children vtoff adjustment
in HFSC scheduler"
(available in git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git)
Originally when a new backlog period was started, cl_vtoff of each
sibling was updated with cl_cvtmax from past period - naturally moving
all cl_vt to proper starting point. That patch adjusted it so cumulative
offset is kept in the parent, and there is no need for traversing the
list (as any subsequent child activation derives new vt from already
active sibling(s)).
But with this change, cl_vtoff (of each sibling) is no longer persistent
across the inactivity periods, as it's calculated from parent's
cl_cvtoff on a new backlog period, conflicting with the following curve
correction from the previous period:
if (cl->cl_virtual.x == vt) {
cl->cl_virtual.x -= cl->cl_vtoff;
cl->cl_vtoff = 0;
}
This essentially tries to keep curve as if it was local to the period
and resets cl_vtoff (cumulative vt offset of the class) to 0 when
possible (read: when we have an intersection or if a new curve is below
the old one). But then it's recalculated from cl_cvtoff on next active
period. Then rtsc_min() call preceding the above if() doesn't really
do what we expect it to do in such scenario - as it calculates the
minimum of corrected curve (from the previous backlog period) and the
new uncorrected curve (with offset derived from cl_cvtoff).
Example:
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:0 classid 1:1 hfsc ls m2 100mbit ul m2 100mbit
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:1 classid 1:10 hfsc ls m1 80mbit d 10s m2 20mbit
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:1 classid 1:11 hfsc ls m2 20mbit
start B, keep it backlogged, let it run 6s (30s worth of vt as A is idle)
pause B briefly to force cl_cvtoff update in parent (whole 1:1 going idle)
start A, let it run 10s
pause A briefly to force rtsc_min()
At this point we would expect A to continue at 20mbit after a brief
moment of 80mbit. But instead A will use 80mbit for full 10s again. It's
the effect of first correcting A (during 'start A'), and then - after
unpausing - calculating rtsc_min() from old corrected and new uncorrected
curve.
The patch fixes this bug and keepis vt and fsc in sync (virtual times
are cumulative, not local to the backlog period).
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous patch, struct tc_action should be enough
to represent the generic tc action, tcf_common is not necessary
any more. This patch gets rid of it to make tc action code
more readable.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tc_action is confusing, currently we use it for two purposes:
1) Pass in arguments and carry out results from helper functions
2) A generic representation for tc actions
The first one is error-prone, since we need to make sure we don't
miss anything. This patch aims to get rid of this use, by moving
tc_action into tcf_common, so that they are allocated together
in hashtable and can be cast'ed easily.
And together with the following patch, we could really make
tc_action a generic representation for all tc actions and each
type of action can inherit from it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the work that have been done on offloading classifiers like u32
and flower, now the match-all classifier hw offloading is possible. if
the interface supports tc offloading.
To control the offloading, two tc flags have been introduced: skip_sw and
skip_hw. Typical usage:
tc filter add dev eth25 parent ffff: \
matchall skip_sw \
action mirred egress mirror \
dev eth27
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The matchall classifier matches every packet and allows the user to apply
actions on it. This filter is very useful in usecases where every packet
should be matched, for example, packet mirroring (SPAN) can be setup very
easily using that filter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In kernel HTB keeps tokens in signed 64-bit in nanoseconds. In netlink
protocol these values are converted into pshed ticks (64ns for now) and
truncated to 32-bit. In struct tc_htb_xstats fields "tokens" and "ctokens"
are declared as unsigned 32-bit but they could be negative thus tool 'tc'
prints them as signed. Big values loose higher bits and/or become negative.
This patch clamps tokens in xstat into range from INT_MIN to INT_MAX.
In this way it's easier to understand what's going on here.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hfsc_sched is huge (size: 920, cachelines: 15), but we can get it to 14
cachelines by placing level after filter_cnt (covering 4 byte hole) and
reducing period/nactive/flags to u32 (period is just a counter,
incremented when class becomes active -- 2**32 is plenty for this
purpose, also, long is only 32bit wide on 32bit platforms anyway).
cl_vtperiod is exported to userspace via tc_hfsc_stats, but its period
member is already u32, so no precision is lost there either.
Cc: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extremely useful for setting packet type to host so i dont
have to modify the dst mac address using pedit (which requires
that i know the mac address)
Example usage:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 9 u32 \
match ip src 5.5.5.5/32 \
flowid 1:5 action skbedit ptype host
This will tag all packets incoming from 5.5.5.5 with type
PACKET_HOST
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 9b368814b3 ("net: fix bridge multicast packet checksum validation")
we need to fixup the checksum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE when
pushing skb on RX path. Otherwise we get similar splats.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since bpf_prog_get() and program type check is used in a couple of places,
refactor this into a small helper function that we can make use of. Since
the non RO prog->aux part is not used in performance critical paths and a
program destruction via RCU is rather very unlikley when doing the put, we
shouldn't have an issue just doing the bpf_prog_get() + prog->type != type
check, but actually not taking the ref at all (due to being in fdget() /
fdput() section of the bpf fd) is even cleaner and makes the diff smaller
as well, so just go for that. Callsites are changed to make use of the new
helper where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cl->cl_vt alone is relative only to the current backlog period, while
the curve operates on cumulative virtual time. This patch adds missing
cl->cl_vtoff.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a class is going passive, it should update its cl_vt first
to be consistent with the last dequeue operation.
Otherwise its cl_vt will be one packet behind and parent's cvtmax might
not be updated as well.
One possible side effect is if some class goes passive and subsequently
goes active /without/ its parent going passive - with cl_vt lagging one
packet behind - comparison made in init_vf() will be affected (same
period).
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is update to:
commit a09ceb0e08 ("sched: remove qdisc->drop")
That commit removed qdisc->drop, but left alone dlist and droplist
that no longer serve any meaningful purpose.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The condition can only succeed on wrong configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtime scheduling implemented in HFSC uses head of the queue to make
the decision about which packet to schedule next. But in case of any
head drop, the deadline calculated for the previous head is not
necessarily correct for the next head (unless both packets have the same
length).
Thanks to peek() function used during dequeue - which internally is a
dequeue operation - hfsc is almost safe from this issue, as peek()
dequeues and isolates the head storing it temporarily until the real
dequeue happens.
But there is one exception: if after the class activation a drop happens
before the first dequeue operation, there's never a chance to do the
peek().
Adding peek() call in enqueue - if this is the first packet in a new
backlog period AND the scheduler has realtime curve defined - fixes that
one corner case. The 1st hfsc_dequeue() will use that peeked packet,
similarly as every subsequent hfsc_dequeue() call uses packet peeked by
the previous call.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb_unshare() fails, we call qdisc_drop() with a NULL skb, which
is no longer supported.
Fixes: 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock is released")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When qdisc bulk dequeue was added in linux-3.18 (commit
5772e9a346 "qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs
with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE"), it was constrained to some
specific qdiscs.
With some extra care, we can extend this to all qdiscs,
so that typical traffic shaping solutions can benefit from
small batches (8 packets in this patch).
For example, HTB is often used on some multi queue device.
And bonding/team are multi queue devices...
Idea is to bulk-dequeue packets mapping to the same transmit queue.
This brings between 35 and 80 % performance increase in HTB setup
under pressure on a bonding setup :
1) NUMA node contention : 610,000 pps -> 1,110,000 pps
2) No node contention : 1,380,000 pps -> 1,930,000 pps
Now we should work to add batches on the enqueue() side ;)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already get child qdisc qlen, we also can get its backlog
so that class dumps can report it.
Also replace qstats by a single drop counter, but move it in
a separate cache line so that drops do not dirty useful cache lines.
Tested:
$ tc -s cl sh dev eth0
class htb 1:1 root leaf 3: prio 0 rate 1Gbit ceil 1Gbit burst 500000b cburst 500000b
Sent 2183346912 bytes 9021815 pkt (dropped 2340774, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 1001Mbit 517543pps backlog 120758b 499p requeues 0
lended: 9021770 borrowed: 0 giants: 0
tokens: 9 ctokens: 9
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we defer skb drops, it makes sense to keep a copy
of skb->truesize in struct codel_skb_cb to avoid one
cache line miss per dropped skb in fq_codel_drop(),
to reduce latencies a bit further.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc performance suffers when packets are dropped at enqueue()
time because drops (kfree_skb()) are done while qdisc lock is held,
delaying a dequeue() draining the queue.
Nominal throughput can be reduced by 50 % when this happens,
at a time we would like the dequeue() to proceed as fast as possible.
Even FQ is vulnerable to this problem, while one of FQ goals was
to provide some flow isolation.
This patch adds a 'struct sk_buff **to_free' parameter to all
qdisc->enqueue(), and in qdisc_drop() helper.
I measured a performance increase of up to 12 %, but this patch
is a prereq so that future batches in enqueue() can fly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the packet was dropped by lower qdisc, then we must not
access it later.
Save qdisc_pkt_len(skb) in a temp variable.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexey reported that we have GFP_KERNEL allocation when
holding the spinlock tcf_lock. Actually we don't have
to take that spinlock for all the cases, especially
for the new one we just create. To modify the existing
actions, we still need this spinlock to make sure
the whole update is atomic.
For net-next, we can get rid of this spinlock because
we already hold the RTNL lock on slow path, and on fast
path we can use RCU to protect the metalist.
Joint work with Jamal.
Reported-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we check for RTM_DELTFILTER, we should also reject the request
for deleting all filters under a given parent when TCA_KIND attribute
is present. If present, it's currently just ignored but there's also
no point to let it pass in the first place either since this doesn't
have any meaning with wild-card removal.
Fixes: ea7f8277f9 ("net, cls: allow for deleting all filters for given parent")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
saw a debug splat:
net/include/net/sch_generic.h:287 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
other info that might help us debug this:
rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
2 locks held by kworker/2:1/710:
#0: ("events"){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff8106ca1d>]
#1: ((&q->work)){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff8106ca1d>] process_one_work+0x14d/0x690
Workqueue: events htb_work_func
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff812dc763>] dump_stack+0x85/0xc2
[<ffffffff8109fee7>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xe7/0x120
[<ffffffff814ced47>] htb_work_func+0x67/0x70
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sfq_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs() instead of kfree_skb()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pie_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop() to benefit from
deferred freeing.
pie_reset() is already using qdisc_reset_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_kfree_skbs() can be used in tfifo_reset()
It would be nice if we could iterate through rb tree instead
of removing one skb at a time, and build a single skb chain.
But this is left for a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both htb_reset() and htb_destroy() can use __qdisc_reset_queue()
instead of __skb_queue_purge() to defer skb freeing of internal
queues.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both hhf_reset() and hhf_change() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both fq_codel_change() and fq_codel_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both fq_change() and fq_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop()
to defer expensive skb freeing after locks are released.
codel_reset() already has support for deferred skb freeing
because it uses qdisc_reset_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
choke_reset() and choke_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop()
to defer expensive skb freeing after locks are released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc are changed under RTNL protection and often
while blocking BH and root qdisc spinlock.
When lots of skbs need to be dropped, we free
them under these locks causing TX/RX freezes,
and more generally latency spikes.
This commit adds rtnl_kfree_skbs(), used to queue
skbs for deferred freeing.
Actual freeing happens right after RTNL is released,
with appropriate scheduling points.
rtnl_qdisc_drop() can also be used in place
of disc_drop() when RTNL is held.
qdisc_reset_queue() and __qdisc_reset_queue() get
the new behavior, so standard qdiscs like pfifo, pfifo_fast...
have their ->reset() method automatically handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refers to commands to direct action access as follows:
sudo tc actions add action drop index 12
sudo tc actions add action pipe index 10
And then dumping them like so:
sudo tc actions ls action gact
iproute2 worked because it depended on absence of TCA_ACT_TAB TLV
as end of message.
This fix has been tested with iproute2 and is backward compatible.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And avoid calling tcf_hash_check() twice.
Fixes: a57f19d30b ("net sched: ipt action fix late binding")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now prio_init() can return -ENOMEM, it also has to make sure
any allocated qdiscs are freed, since the caller (qdisc_create()) wont
call ->destroy() handler for us.
More generally, we want a transactional behavior for "tc qdisc
change ...", so prio_tune() should not make modifications if
any error is returned.
It means that we must validate parameters and allocate missing qdisc(s)
before taking root qdisc lock exactly once, to not leave the prio qdisc
in an intermediate state.
Fixes: cbdf451164 ("net_sched: prio: properly report out of memory errors")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is just ->init(), rename it to make it obvious.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These should be gone when we removed CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE.
We can not totally remove them since they are exposed
to userspace.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When skip_sw is set and hardware fails to apply filter, return error to
user. This will make error propagation logic similar to the one
currently used in u32 classifier.
Also, changed code to use tc_skip_sw() utility function.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the qdisc is full, we drop a packet at the head of the queue,
queue the current skb and return NET_XMIT_CN
Now we track backlog on upper qdiscs, we need to call
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog(), even if the qlen did not change.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_atm returns this when TC_ACT_SHOT classification occurs.
But all other schedulers that use tc_classify
(htb, hfsc, drr, fq_codel ...) return NET_XMIT_SUCCESS | __BYPASS
in this case so just do that in atm.
BATMAN uses it as an intermediate return value to signal
forwarding vs. buffering, but it did not return POLICED to
callers outside of BATMAN.
Reviewed-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At Qdisc creation or change time, prio_tune() creates missing
pfifo qdiscs but does not return an error code if one
qdisc could not be allocated.
Leaving a qdisc in non operational state without telling user
anything about this problem is not good.
Also, testing if we replace something different than noop_qdisc
a second time makes no sense so I removed useless code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit manipulation is rather expensive
for HTB and few others.
I already removed it for sch_fq in commit f2600cf02b
("net: sched: avoid costly atomic operation in fq_dequeue()")
and so far nobody complained.
When one ore more packets are stuck in one or more throttled
HTB class, a htb dequeue() performs two atomic operations
to clear/set __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit, while root qdisc
lock is held.
Removing this pair of atomic operations bring me a 8 % performance
increase on 200 TCP_RR tests, in presence of throttled classes.
This patch has no side effect, since nothing actually uses
disc_is_throttled() anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like it is only there as some optimization attempt.
Since __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED set/unset is way too expensive,
and netem is the last user, just remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far no qdisc ever unset the throttled bit at enqueue() time,
so CBQ usage of qdisc_is_throttled() was flaky.
Since __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED set/unset is way too expensive
considering that only CBQ was eventually caring for this status,
it would make sense to implement a Qdisc ops ->is_throttled()
if we find that this is needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to get rid of generic qdisc throttled management,
so this qdisc has to use a private flag.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a possibility where the user can just specify the parent and
all filters under that parent are then being purged. Currently,
for example for scripting, one needs to specify pref/prio to have
a well-defined number for 'tc filter del' command for addressing
the previously created instance or additionally filter handle in
case of priorities being the same. Improve usage by allowing the
option for tc to specify the parent and removing the whole chain
for that given parent.
Example usage after patch, no tc changes required:
# tc qdisc replace dev foo clsact
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj ./bpf.o
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj ./bpf.o
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49151 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49151 bpf handle 0x1 bpf.o:[classifier] direct-action
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bpf.o:[classifier] direct-action
# tc filter del dev foo egress
# tc filter show dev foo egress
#
Previously, RTM_DELTFILTER requests with invalid prio of 0 were
rejected, so only netlink requests with RTM_NEWTFILTER and NLM_F_CREATE
flag were allowed where the kernel would auto-generate a pref/prio.
We can piggyback on that and use prio of 0 as a wildcard for
requests of RTM_DELTFILTER.
For notifying tc netlink monitoring users (e.g. libnl uses this
for caching), there are two options, that is, sending individual
tfilter_notify() notifications for each tcf_proto, or sending a
single one indicating wildcard removal. I tried both and there
are pros and cons for each, eventually I decided for sending
individual tfilter_notify(), so that user space can support this
seamlessly and there won't be a mess of changing each and every
application to make sure expectations from the kernel won't break
when they don't understand single notification. Since linear chains
don't really scale, I expect only a handful of classifiers to be
attached at max for a given parent anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) qdisc_run_begin() is really using the equivalent of a trylock.
Instead of using write_seqcount_begin(), use a combination of
raw_write_seqcount_begin() and correct lockdep annotation.
2) sch_direct_xmit() should use regular spin_lock(root_lock)
Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after removal of TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY from cbq scheduler, there are no
more callers of ->drop() outside of other ->drop functions, i.e.
nothing calls them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the removal of TCA_CBQ_POLICE in cbq scheduler qdisc->reshape_fail
is always NULL, i.e. qdisc_rehape_fail is now the same as qdisc_drop.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iproute2 doesn't implement any cbq option that results in this attribute
being sent to kernel.
To make use of it, user would have to
- patch iproute2
- add a class
- attach a qdisc to the class (default pfifo doesn't work as
q->handle is 0 and cbq_set_police() is a no-op in this case)
- re-'add' the same class (tc class change ...) again
- user must also specifiy a defmap (e.g. 'split 1:0 defmap 3f'), since
this 'police' feature relies on its presence
- the added qdisc must be one of bfifo, pfifo or netem
If all of these conditions are met and _some_ leaf qdiscs, namely
p/bfifo, netem, plug or tbf would drop a packet, kernel calls back into
cbq, which will attempt to re-queue the skb into a different class
as indicated by the parents' defmap entry for TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT.
[ i.e. we behave as if tc_classify returned TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY ].
This feature, which isn't documented or implemented in iproute2,
and isn't implemented consistently (most qdiscs like sfq, codel, etc
drop right away instead of attempting this reclassification) is the
sole reason for the reshape_fail and __parent member in Qdisc struct.
So remove TCA_CBQ_POLICE support from the kernel, reject it via EOPNOTSUPP
so userspace knows we don't support it, and then remove no-longer needed
infrastructure in followup commit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since initial revision of cbq in 2004 iproute 2 has never implemented
support for TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY, which is what needs to be set to
activate the class->drop() call (TC_CBQ_OVL_DROP strategy must be
set by userspace value must be set by userspace).
David Miller says:
It seems really safe to kill this thing off, flag an error if someone
tries to set the attribute, and therefore kill off all of the
non-default cbq_ovl_*() functions.
A followup commit can then remove all .drop qdisc methods since this
removed the only caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we need to create a new aggregate to enqueue the skb we call kzalloc.
If that fails we returned ENOBUFS without freeing the skb.
Spotted during code review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return an error if user requested skip-sw and the underlaying
hardware cannot handle tc offloads (or offloads are disabled).
This patch fixes the knode handling.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Errors reported by u32_replace_hw_hnode() were not propagated.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading classifiers such as u32 or flower to hardware, and the
qdisc is clsact (TC_H_CLSACT), then we need to differentiate its classes,
since not all of them handle ingress, therefore we must leave those in
software path. Add a .tcf_cl_offload() callback, so we can generically
handle them, tested on ixgbe.
Fixes: 10cbc68434 ("net/sched: cls_flower: Hardware offloaded filters statistics support")
Fixes: 5b33f48842 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large tc dumps (tc -s {qdisc|class} sh dev ethX) done by Google BwE host
agent [1] are problematic at scale :
For each qdisc/class found in the dump, we currently lock the root qdisc
spinlock in order to get stats. Sampling stats every 5 seconds from
thousands of HTB classes is a challenge when the root qdisc spinlock is
under high pressure. Not only the dumps take time, they also slow
down the fast path (queue/dequeue packets) by 10 % to 20 % in some cases.
An audit of existing qdiscs showed that sch_fq_codel is the only qdisc
that might need the qdisc lock in fq_codel_dump_stats() and
fq_codel_dump_class_stats()
In v2 of this patch, I now use the Qdisc running seqcount to provide
consistent reads of packets/bytes counters, regardless of 32/64 bit arches.
I also changed rate estimators to use the same infrastructure
so that they no longer need to lock root qdisc lock.
[1]
http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en//pubs/archive/43838.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Kevin Athey <kda@google.com>
Cc: Xiaotian Pei <xiaotian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a single bit (__QDISC___STATE_RUNNING)
in sch->__state, use a seqcount.
This adds lockdep support, but more importantly it will allow us
to sample qdisc/class statistics without having to grab qdisc root lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We properly scan the flow list to count number of packets,
but John passed 0 to gnet_stats_copy_queue() so we report
a zero value to user space instead of the result.
Fixes: 6401585366 ("net: sched: restrict use of qstats qlen")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return an error if user requested skip-sw and the underlaying
hardware cannot handle tc offloads (or offloads are disabled).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'err' variable is not set in this test, we would return whatever
previous test set 'err' to.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Useful to know when the action was first used for accounting
(and debugging)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make a filter processed only by hardware, skip_sw flag
should be supplied. This is an addition to the already existing skip_hw
flag (filter will be processed by software only). If no flag is
specified, filter will be processed by both software and hardware.
If only hardware offloaded filters exist, fl_classify() will return
without doing anything.
A following userspace patch will be sent once kernel patch is accepted.
Example:
tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip prio 20 parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 6 \
indev enp0s9 \
skip_sw \
action skbedit mark 0x1234
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My prior attempt to fix the backlogs of parents failed.
If we return NET_XMIT_CN, our parents wont increase their backlog,
so our qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() should take this into account.
v2: Florian Westphal pointed out that we could drop the packet,
so we need to save qdisc_pkt_len(skb) in a temp variable before
calling fq_codel_drop()
Fixes: 9d18562a22 ("fq_codel: add batch ability to fq_codel_drop()")
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For gso_skb we only update qlen, backlog should be updated too.
Note, it is correct to just update these stats at one layer,
because the gso_skb is cached there.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update backlog too when we update qlen.
Joint work with Stas.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hfsc updates backlog lazily, that is only when we
dump the stats. This is problematic after we begin to
update backlog in qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog().
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policer was not dumping or updating timestamps
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a serious performance bug in packet schedulers using hrtimers.
sch_htb and sch_fq are definitely impacted by this problem.
We constantly rearm high resolution timers if some packets are throttled
in one (or more) class, and other packets are flying through qdisc on
another (non throttled) class.
hrtimer_start() does not have the mod_timer() trick of doing nothing if
expires value does not change :
if (timer_pending(timer) &&
timer->expires == expires)
return 1;
This issue is particularly visible when multiple cpus can queue/dequeue
packets on the same qdisc, as hrtimer code has to lock a remote base.
I used following fix :
1) Change htb to use qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns() instead of open-coding
it.
2) Cache watchdog prior expiration. hrtimer might provide this, but I
prefer to not rely on some hrtimer internal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We saw the following extra refcount release on veth device:
kernel: [7957821.463992] unregister_netdevice: waiting for mesos50284 to become free. Usage count = -1
Since we heavily use mirred action to redirect packets to veth, I think
this is caused by the following race condition:
CPU0:
tcf_mirred_release(): (in RCU callback)
struct net_device *dev = rcu_dereference_protected(m->tcfm_dev, 1);
CPU1:
mirred_device_event():
spin_lock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
list_for_each_entry(m, &mirred_list, tcfm_list) {
if (rcu_access_pointer(m->tcfm_dev) == dev) {
dev_put(dev);
/* Note : no rcu grace period necessary, as
* net_device are already rcu protected.
*/
RCU_INIT_POINTER(m->tcfm_dev, NULL);
}
}
spin_unlock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
CPU0:
tcf_mirred_release():
spin_lock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
list_del(&m->tcfm_list);
spin_unlock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
if (dev) // <======== Stil refers to the old m->tcfm_dev
dev_put(dev); // <======== dev_put() is called on it again
The action init code path is good because it is impossible to modify
an action that is being removed.
So, fix this by moving everything under the spinlock.
Fixes: 2ee22a90c7 ("net_sched: act_mirred: remove spinlock in fast path")
Fixes: 6bd00b8506 ("act_mirred: fix a race condition on mirred_list")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
memory_usage must be decreased in dequeue_func(), not in
fq_codel_dequeue(), otherwise packets dropped by Codel algo
are missing this decrease.
Also we need to clear memory_usage in fq_codel_reset()
Fixes: 95b58430ab ("fq_codel: add memory limitation per queue")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new command in ndo_setup_tc() for hardware offloaded
filters, to call the NIC driver, and make it update the statistics.
This will be done before dumping the filter and its statistics.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the stats_update callback that will be called by NIC drivers
for hardware offloaded filters.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On devices that support TC U32 offloads, this flag enables a filter to be
added only to HW. skip-sw and skip-hw are mutually exclusive flags. By
default without any flags, the filter is added to both HW and SW, but no
error checks are done in case of failure to add to HW. With skip-sw,
failure to add to HW is treated as an error.
Here is a sample script that adds 2 filters, one with skip-sw and the other
with skip-hw flag.
# add ingress qdisc
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# add u32 filter with skip-sw flag.
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:1 \
skip-sw \
match ip src 192.168.1.0/24 \
action drop
# add u32 filter with skip-hw flag.
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:2 \
skip-hw \
match ip src 192.168.2.0/24 \
action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nf_conntrack_core.c fix in 'net' is not relevant in 'net-next'
because we no longer have a per-netns conntrack hash.
The ip_gre.c conflict as well as the iwlwifi ones were cases of
overlapping changes.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add an ife action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD allow mark dst 02:15:15:15:15:15 index 1
//create a filter which binds to ife action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:11 action ife index 1
Message before fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add a skbedit action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action skbedit mark 10 index 1
//create a filter which binds to skbedit action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action skbedit index 1
Message before fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add a simple action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action simple sdata "foobar" index 1
//create a filter which binds to simple action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action simple index 1
Message before fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add an mirred action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action mirred egress mirror dev $MDEV index 1
//create a filter which binds to mirred action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action mirred index 1
Message before bug fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add an ipt action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action ipt -j mark --set-mark 2 index 1
//create a filter which binds to ipt action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action ipt index 1
Message before bug fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Late vlan action binding was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add a vlan action to pop and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action vlan pop index 1
//create filter which binds to vlan action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32 \
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action vlan index 1
current message(before bug fix) was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On small embedded routers, one wants to control maximal amount of
memory used by fq_codel, instead of controlling number of packets or
bytes, since GRO/TSO make these not practical.
Assuming skb->truesize is accurate, we have to keep track of
skb->truesize sum for skbs in queue.
This patch adds a new TCA_FQ_CODEL_MEMORY_LIMIT attribute.
I chose a default value of 32 MBytes, which looks reasonable even
for heavy duty usages. (Prior fq_codel users should not be hurt
when they upgrade their kernels)
Two fields are added to tc_fq_codel_qd_stats to report :
- Current memory usage
- Number of drops caused by memory limits
# tc qd replace dev eth1 root est 1sec 4sec fq_codel memory_limit 4M
..
# tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc fq_codel 8008: root refcnt 257 limit 10240p flows 1024
quantum 1514 target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms memory_limit 4Mb ecn
Sent 2083566791363 bytes 1376214889 pkt (dropped 4994406, overlimits 0
requeues 21705223)
rate 9841Mbit 812549pps backlog 3906120b 376p requeues 21705223
maxpacket 68130 drop_overlimit 4994406 new_flow_count 28855414
ecn_mark 0 memory_used 4190048 drop_overmemory 4994406
new_flows_len 1 old_flows_len 177
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Möller <moeller0@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
allow cls_bpf and act_bpf programs access skb->data and skb->data_end pointers.
The bpf helpers that change skb->data need to update data_end pointer as well.
The verifier checks that programs always reload data, data_end pointers
after calls to such bpf helpers.
We cannot add 'data_end' pointer to struct qdisc_skb_cb directly,
since it's embedded as-is by infiniband ipoib, so wrapper struct is needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches removed all direct accesses to dev->trans_start,
so change the netif_trans_update helper to update trans_start of
netdev queue 0 instead and then remove trans_start from struct net_device.
AFAICS a lot of the netif_trans_update() invocations are now useless
because they occur in ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX
(i.e. stack already took care of the update).
As I can't test any of them it seems better to just leave them alone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In presence of inelastic flows and stress, we can call
fq_codel_drop() for every packet entering fq_codel qdisc.
fq_codel_drop() is quite expensive, as it does a linear scan
of 4 KB of memory to find a fat flow.
Once found, it drops the oldest packet of this flow.
Instead of dropping a single packet, try to drop 50% of the backlog
of this fat flow, with a configurable limit of 64 packets per round.
TCA_FQ_CODEL_DROP_BATCH_SIZE is the new attribute to make this
limit configurable.
With this strategy the 4 KB search is amortized to a single cache line
per drop [1], so fq_codel_drop() no longer appears at the top of kernel
profile in presence of few inelastic flows.
[1] Assuming a 64byte cache line, and 1024 buckets
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonathan Morton <chromatix99@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Dave Taht
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was recently reported to me, and reproduced on the latest net kernel,
when attempting to run netperf from a host that had a netem qdisc attached
to the egress interface:
[ 788.073771] ---------------------[ cut here ]---------------------------
[ 788.096716] WARNING: at net/core/dev.c:2253 skb_warn_bad_offload+0xcd/0xda()
[ 788.129521] bnx2: caps=(0x00000001801949b3, 0x0000000000000000) len=2962
data_len=0 gso_size=1448 gso_type=1 ip_summed=3
[ 788.182150] Modules linked in: sch_netem kvm_amd kvm crc32_pclmul ipmi_ssif
ghash_clmulni_intel sp5100_tco amd64_edac_mod aesni_intel lrw gf128mul
glue_helper ablk_helper edac_mce_amd cryptd pcspkr sg edac_core hpilo ipmi_si
i2c_piix4 k10temp fam15h_power hpwdt ipmi_msghandler shpchp acpi_power_meter
pcc_cpufreq nfsd auth_rpcgss nfs_acl lockd grace sunrpc ip_tables xfs libcrc32c
sd_mod crc_t10dif crct10dif_generic mgag200 syscopyarea sysfillrect sysimgblt
i2c_algo_bit drm_kms_helper ahci ata_generic pata_acpi ttm libahci
crct10dif_pclmul pata_atiixp tg3 libata crct10dif_common drm crc32c_intel ptp
serio_raw bnx2 r8169 hpsa pps_core i2c_core mii dm_mirror dm_region_hash dm_log
dm_mod
[ 788.465294] CPU: 16 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/16 Tainted: G W
------------ 3.10.0-327.el7.x86_64 #1
[ 788.511521] Hardware name: HP ProLiant DL385p Gen8, BIOS A28 12/17/2012
[ 788.542260] ffff880437c036b8 f7afc56532a53db9 ffff880437c03670
ffffffff816351f1
[ 788.576332] ffff880437c036a8 ffffffff8107b200 ffff880633e74200
ffff880231674000
[ 788.611943] 0000000000000001 0000000000000003 0000000000000000
ffff880437c03710
[ 788.647241] Call Trace:
[ 788.658817] <IRQ> [<ffffffff816351f1>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[ 788.686193] [<ffffffff8107b200>] warn_slowpath_common+0x70/0xb0
[ 788.713803] [<ffffffff8107b29c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x5c/0x80
[ 788.741314] [<ffffffff812f92f3>] ? ___ratelimit+0x93/0x100
[ 788.767018] [<ffffffff81637f49>] skb_warn_bad_offload+0xcd/0xda
[ 788.796117] [<ffffffff8152950c>] skb_checksum_help+0x17c/0x190
[ 788.823392] [<ffffffffa01463a1>] netem_enqueue+0x741/0x7c0 [sch_netem]
[ 788.854487] [<ffffffff8152cb58>] dev_queue_xmit+0x2a8/0x570
[ 788.880870] [<ffffffff8156ae1d>] ip_finish_output+0x53d/0x7d0
...
The problem occurs because netem is not prepared to handle GSO packets (as it
uses skb_checksum_help in its enqueue path, which cannot manipulate these
frames).
The solution I think is to simply segment the skb in a simmilar fashion to the
way we do in __dev_queue_xmit (via validate_xmit_skb), with some minor changes.
When we decide to corrupt an skb, if the frame is GSO, we segment it, corrupt
the first segment, and enqueue the remaining ones.
tested successfully by myself on the latest net kernel, to which this applies
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: netem@lists.linux-foundation.org
CC: eric.dumazet@gmail.com
CC: stephen@networkplumber.org
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No more users in the tree, remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED support.
Adds another hole in softnet_stats struct, but better than keeping
the unused collision counter around.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was impossible to include codel.h for the
purpose of having access to codel_params or
codel_vars structure definitions and using them
for embedding in other more complex structures.
This splits allows codel.h itself to be treated
like any other header file while codel_qdisc.h and
codel_impl.h contain function definitions with
logic that was previously in codel.h.
This copies over copyrights and doesn't involve
code changes other than adding a few additional
include directives to net/sched/sch*codel.c.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This strips out qdisc specific bits from the code
and makes it slightly more reusable. Codel will be
used by wireless/mac80211 in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A failure in validate_xmit_skb_list() triggered an unconditional call
to dev_requeue_skb with skb=NULL. This slowly grows the queue
discipline's qlen count until all traffic through the queue stops.
We take the optimistic approach and continue running the queue after a
failure since it is unknown if later packets also will fail in the
validate path.
Fixes: 55a93b3ea7 ("qdisc: validate skb without holding lock")
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The meta_type_ops structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two issues with the current code. First one is that we need
to set res->class to 0 in case we use non-default classid matching.
This is important for the case where cls_bpf was initially set up with
an optional binding to a default class with tcf_bind_filter(), where
the underlying qdisc implements bind_tcf() that fills res->class and
tests for it later on when doing the classification. Convention for
these cases is that after tc_classify() was called, such qdiscs (atm,
drr, qfq, cbq, hfsc, htb) first test class, and if 0, then they lookup
based on classid.
Second, there's a bug with da mode, where res->classid is only assigned
a 16 bit minor, but it needs to expand to the full 32 bit major/minor
combination instead, therefore we need to expand with the bound major.
This is fine as classes belonging to a classful qdisc must share the
same major.
Fixes: 045efa82ff ("cls_bpf: introduce integrated actions")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cast pointer to unsigned long instead of u64, to fix compilation warning
on 32 bit arch, spotted by 0day build.
Fixes: 5b33f48 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is based on a patch made by John Fastabend.
It adds support for offloading cls_flower.
when NETIF_F_HW_TC is on:
flags = 0 => Rule will be processed twice - by hardware, and if
still relevant, by software.
flags = SKIP_HW => Rull will be processed by software only
If hardware fail/not capabale to apply the rule, operation will NOT
fail. Filter will be processed by SW only.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix is for dsmark similar to commit 3557619f0f
("net_sched: prio: use qdisc_dequeue_peeked")
and makes use of qdisc_dequeue_peeked() instead of direct dequeue() call.
First time, wrr peeks dsmark, which will then peek into sfq.
sfq dequeues an skb and it's stored in sch->gso_skb.
Next time, wrr tries to dequeue from dsmark, which will call sfq dequeue
directly. This results skipping the previously peeked skb.
So changed dsmark dequeue to call qdisc_dequeue_peeked() instead to use
peeked skb if exists.
Signed-off-by: Kyeong Yoo <kyeong.yoo@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before calling the destroy() or target() callbacks, the family parameter
field has to be initialized. Otherwise at least the LOG target will
refuse to work and upon removal oops the kernel.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices declare a high number of TX queues, then set a much
lower real_num_tx_queues
This cause setups using fq_codel, sfq or fq as the default qdisc to consume
more memory than really needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC [M] net/sched/sch_mqprio.o
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c: In function ?mqprio_init?:
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c:145: error: unknown field ?tc? specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c:145: warning: missing braces around initializer
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c:145: warning: (near initialization for ?tc.<anonymous>?)
make[2]: *** [net/sched/sch_mqprio.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [net/sched] Error 2
make: *** [net] Error 2
Several people reported this, surround the unnamed union
member initialization with braces to fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 52bd2d62ce ("net: better skb->sender_cpu and skb->napi_id cohabitation")
skb_sender_cpu_clear() becomes empty and can be removed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Example usage:
Set the skb priority using skbedit then allow it to be encoded
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit prio 17 \
action ife encode \
allow prio \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Note: You dont need the skbedit action if you are already encoding the
skb priority earlier. A zero skb priority will not be sent
Alternative hard code static priority of decimal 33 (unlike skbedit)
then mark of 0x12 every time the filter matches
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
use prio 33 \
use mark 0x12 \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Example usage:
Set the skb using skbedit then allow it to be encoded
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit mark 17 \
action ife encode \
allow mark \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Note: You dont need the skbedit action if you are already encoding the
skb mark earlier. A zero skb mark, when seen, will not be encoded.
Alternative hard code static mark of 0x12 every time the filter matches
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
use mark 0x12 \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows for a sending side to encapsulate arbitrary metadata
which is decapsulated by the receiving end.
The sender runs in encoding mode and the receiver in decode mode.
Both sender and receiver must specify the same ethertype.
At some point we hope to have a registered ethertype and we'll
then provide a default so the user doesnt have to specify it.
For now we enforce the user specify it.
Lets show example usage where we encode icmp from a sender towards
a receiver with an skbmark of 17; both sender and receiver use
ethertype of 0xdead to interop.
YYYY: Lets start with Receiver-side policy config:
xxx: add an ingress qdisc
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress
xxx: any packets with ethertype 0xdead will be subjected to ife decoding
xxx: we then restart the classification so we can match on icmp at prio 3
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 2 protocol 0xdead \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action ife decode reclassify
xxx: on restarting the classification from above if it was an icmp
xxx: packet, then match it here and continue to the next rule at prio 4
xxx: which will match based on skb mark of 17
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 3 protocol ip \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:1 \
action continue
xxx: match on skbmark of 0x11 (decimal 17) and accept
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 4 protocol ip \
handle 0x11 fw flowid 1:1 \
action ok
xxx: Lets show the decoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent ffff: protocol 0xdead
xxx:
filter pref 2 u32
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:1 (rule hit 0 success 0)
match 00000000/00000000 at 0 (success 0 )
action order 1: ife decode action reclassify
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 14 sec used 14 sec
type: 0x0
Metadata: allow mark allow hash allow prio allow qmap
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
Observe that above lists all metadatum it can decode. Typically these
submodules will already be compiled into a monolithic kernel or
loaded as modules
YYYY: Lets show the sender side now ..
xxx: Add an egress qdisc on the sender netdev
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
xxx:
xxx: Match all icmp packets to 192.168.122.237/24, then
xxx: tag the packet with skb mark of decimal 17, then
xxx: Encode it with:
xxx: ethertype 0xdead
xxx: add skb->mark to whitelist of metadatum to send
xxx: rewrite target dst MAC address to 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx:
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 u32 \
match ip dst 192.168.122.237/24 \
match ip protocol 1 0xff \
flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit mark 17 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
allow mark \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx: Lets show the encoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip
xxx:
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:2 (rule hit 0 success 0)
match c0a87aed/ffffffff at 16 (success 0 )
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8 (success 0 )
action order 1: skbedit mark 17
index 6 ref 1 bind 1
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
action order 2: ife encode action pipe
index 3 ref 1 bind 1
dst MAC: 02:15:15:15:15:15 type: 0xDEAD
Metadata: allow mark
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
test by sending ping from sender to destination
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the initial implementation the only way to stop a rule from being
inserted into the hardware table was via the device feature flag.
However this doesn't work well when working on an end host system
where packets are expect to hit both the hardware and software
datapaths.
For example we can imagine a rule that will match an IP address and
increment a field. If we install this rule in both hardware and
software we may increment the field twice. To date we have only
added support for the drop action so we have been able to ignore
these cases. But as we extend the action support we will hit this
example plus more such cases. Arguably these are not even corner
cases in many working systems these cases will be common.
To avoid forcing the driver to always abort (i.e. the above example)
this patch adds a flag to add a rule in software only. A careful
user can use this flag to build software and hardware datapaths
that work together. One example we have found particularly useful
is to use hardware resources to set the skb->mark on the skb when
the match may be expensive to run in software but a mark lookup
in a hash table is cheap. The idea here is hardware can do in one
lookup what the u32 classifier may need to traverse multiple lists
and hash tables to compute. The flag is only passed down on inserts.
On deletion to avoid stale references in hardware we always try
to remove a rule if it exists.
The flags field is part of the classifier specific options. Although
it is tempting to lift this into the generic structure doing this
proves difficult do to how the tc netlink attributes are implemented
along with how the dump/change routines are called. There is also
precedence for putting seemingly generic pieces in the specific
classifier options such as TCA_U32_POLICE, TCA_U32_ACT, etc. So
although not ideal I've left FLAGS in the u32 options as well as it
simplifies the code greatly and user space has already learned how
to manage these bits ala 'tc' tool.
Another thing if trying to update a rule we require the flags to
be unchanged. This is to force user space, software u32 and
the hardware u32 to keep in sync. Thanks to Simon Horman for
catching this case.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload decision was originally very basic and tied to if the dev
implemented the appropriate ndo op hook. The next step is to allow
the user to more flexibly define if any paticular rule should be
offloaded or not. In order to have this logic in one function lift
the current check into a helper routine tc_should_offload().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly, we need to update backlog too when we update qlen.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We saw qlen!=0 but backlog==0 on our production machine:
qdisc htb 1: dev eth0 root refcnt 2 r2q 10 default 1 direct_packets_stat 0 ver 3.17
Sent 172680457356 bytes 222469449 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 123575834 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 72p requeues 0
The problem is we only count qlen for HTB qdisc but not backlog.
We need to update backlog too when we update qlen, so that we
can at least know the average packet length.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bottom qdisc decides to, for example, drop some packet,
it calls qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() to update the queue length
for all its ancestors, we need to update the backlog too to
keep the stats on root qdisc accurate.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove nearly duplicated code and prepare for the following patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tc actions are stored in a per-module hashtable,
therefore are visible to all network namespaces. This is
probably the last part of the tc subsystem which is not
aware of netns now. This patch makes them per-netns,
several tc action API's need to be adjusted for this.
The tc action API code is ugly due to historical reasons,
we need to refactor that code in the future.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only release the memory of the hashtable itself, not its
entries inside. This is not a problem yet since we only call
it in module release path, and module is refcount'ed by
actions. This would be a problem after we move the per module
hinfo into per netns in the latter patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're dealing with clones and the area is not writeable, try
harder and get a copy via pskb_expand_head(). Replace also other
occurences in tc actions with the new skb_try_make_writable().
Reported-by: Ashhad Sheikh <ashhadsheikh394@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
actions could change the etherproto in particular with ethernet
tunnelled data. Typically such actions, after peeling the outer header,
will ask for the packet to be reclassified. We then need to restart
the classification with the new proto header.
Example setup used to catch this:
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: pref 1 protocol 802.1Q \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action vlan pop reclassify
Fixes: 3b3ae88026 ("net: sched: consolidate tc_classify{,_compat}")
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows netdev drivers to consume cls_u32 offloads via
the ndo_setup_tc ndo op.
This works aligns with how network drivers have been doing qdisc
offloads for mqprio.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates setup_tc so we can pass additional parameters into
the ndo op in a generic way. To do this we provide structured union
and type flag.
This lets each classifier and qdisc provide its own set of attributes
without having to add new ndo ops or grow the signature of the
callback.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ndo_setup_tc() op was added to support drivers offloading tx
qdiscs however only support for mqprio was ever added. So we
only ever added support for passing the number of traffic classes
to the driver.
This patch generalizes the ndo_setup_tc op so that a handle can
be provided to indicate if the offload is for ingress or egress
or potentially even child qdiscs.
CC: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
CC: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are cases where qdisc_dequeue_peeked can return NULL, and the result
is dereferenced later on in the function.
Similarly to the other qdisc dequeue functions, check whether the skb
pointer is NULL and if it is, goto out.
Signed-off-by: Bernie Harris <bernie.harris@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_switchdev.c
The bond_main.c and mellanox switch conflicts were cases of
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
only when user space passes the addresses should we consider their
presence
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a generalization of the ingress qdisc as a qdisc holding
only classifiers. The clsact qdisc works on ingress, but also on egress.
In both cases, it's execution happens without taking the qdisc lock, and
the main difference for the egress part compared to prior version of [1]
is that this can be applied with _any_ underlying real egress qdisc (also
classless ones).
Besides solving the use-case of [1], that is, allowing for more programmability
on assigning skb->priority for the mqprio case that is supported by most
popular 10G+ NICs, it also opens up a lot more flexibility for other tc
applications. The main work on classification can already be done at clsact
egress time if the use-case allows and state stored for later retrieval
f.e. again in skb->priority with major/minors (which is checked by most
classful qdiscs before consulting tc_classify()) and/or in other skb fields
like skb->tc_index for some light-weight post-processing to get to the
eventual classid in case of a classful qdisc. Another use case is that
the clsact egress part allows to have a central egress counterpart to
the ingress classifiers, so that classifiers can easily share state (e.g.
in cls_bpf via eBPF maps) for ingress and egress.
Currently, default setups like mq + pfifo_fast would require for this to
use, for example, prio qdisc instead (to get a tc_classify() run) and to
duplicate the egress classifier for each queue. With clsact, it allows
for leaving the setup as is, it can additionally assign skb->priority to
put the skb in one of pfifo_fast's bands and it can share state with maps.
Moreover, we can access the skb's dst entry (f.e. to retrieve tclassid)
w/o the need to perform a skb_dst_force() to hold on to it any longer. In
lwt case, we can also use this facility to setup dst metadata via cls_bpf
(bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key()) without needing a real egress qdisc just for
that (case of IFF_NO_QUEUE devices, for example).
The realization can be done without any changes to the scheduler core
framework. All it takes is that we have two a-priori defined minors/child
classes, where we can mux between ingress and egress classifier list
(dev->ingress_cl_list and dev->egress_cl_list, latter stored close to
dev->_tx to avoid extra cacheline miss for moderate loads). The egress
part is a bit similar modelled to handle_ing() and patched to a noop in
case the functionality is not used. Both handlers are now called
sch_handle_ingress() and sch_handle_egress(), code sharing among the two
doesn't seem practical as there are various minor differences in both
paths, so that making them conditional in a single handler would rather
slow things down.
Full compatibility to ingress qdisc is provided as well. Since both
piggyback on TC_H_CLSACT, only one of them (ingress/clsact) can exist
per netdevice, and thus ingress qdisc specific behaviour can be retained
for user space. This means, either a user does 'tc qdisc add dev foo ingress'
and configures ingress qdisc as usual, or the 'tc qdisc add dev foo clsact'
alternative, where both, ingress and egress classifier can be configured
as in the below example. ingress qdisc supports attaching classifier to any
minor number whereas clsact has two fixed minors for muxing between the
lists, therefore to not break user space setups, they are better done as
two separate qdiscs.
I decided to extend the sch_ingress module with clsact functionality so
that commonly used code can be reused, the module is being aliased with
sch_clsact so that it can be auto-loaded properly. Alternative would have been
to add a flag when initializing ingress to alter its behaviour plus aliasing
to a different name (as it's more than just ingress). However, the first would
end up, based on the flag, choosing the new/old behaviour by calling different
function implementations to handle each anyway, the latter would require to
register ingress qdisc once again under different alias. So, this really begs
to provide a minimal, cleaner approach to have Qdisc_ops and Qdisc_class_ops
by its own that share callbacks used by both.
Example, adding qdisc:
# tc qdisc add dev foo clsact
# tc qdisc show dev foo
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
Adding filters (deleting, etc works analogous by specifying ingress/egress):
# tc filter add dev foo ingress bpf da obj bar.o sec ingress
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj bar.o sec egress
# tc filter show dev foo ingress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[ingress] direct-action
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[egress] direct-action
A 'tc filter show dev foo' or 'tc filter show dev foo parent ffff:' will
show an empty list for clsact. Either using the parent names (ingress/egress)
or specifying the full major/minor will then show the related filter lists.
Prior work on a mqprio prequeue() facility [1] was done mainly by John Fastabend.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/512949/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a skb_at_tc_ingress() as this will be needed elsewhere as well and
can hide the ugly ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a qdisc is using per cpu stats (currently just the ingress
qdisc) only the bstats are being freed. This also free's the qstats.
Fixes: b0ab6f9275 ("net: sched: enable per cpu qstats")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stas Nichiporovich reported a regression in his HFSC qdisc setup
on a non multi queue device.
It turns out I mistakenly added a TCQ_F_NOPARENT flag on all qdisc
allocated in qdisc_create() for non multi queue devices, which was
rather buggy. I was clearly mislead by the TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE that is
also set here for no good reason, since it only matters for the root
qdisc.
Fixes: 4eaf3b84f2 ("net_sched: fix qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() races")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() suffers from two problems on multiqueue
devices.
One problem is that it updates sch->q.qlen and sch->qstats.drops
on the mq/mqprio root qdisc, while it should not : Daniele
reported underflows errors :
[ 681.774821] PAX: sch->q.qlen: 0 n: 1
[ 681.774825] PAX: size overflow detected in function qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen net/sched/sch_api.c:769 cicus.693_49 min, count: 72, decl: qlen; num: 0; context: sk_buff_head;
[ 681.774954] CPU: 2 PID: 19 Comm: ksoftirqd/2 Tainted: G O 4.2.6.201511282239-1-grsec #1
[ 681.774955] Hardware name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. X302LJ/X302LJ, BIOS X302LJ.202 03/05/2015
[ 681.774956] ffffffffa9a04863 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffffa990ff7c
[ 681.774959] ffffc90000d3bc38 ffffffffa95d2810 0000000000000007 ffffffffa991002b
[ 681.774960] ffffc90000d3bc68 ffffffffa91a44f4 0000000000000001 0000000000000001
[ 681.774962] Call Trace:
[ 681.774967] [<ffffffffa95d2810>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x7f
[ 681.774970] [<ffffffffa91a44f4>] report_size_overflow+0x34/0x50
[ 681.774972] [<ffffffffa94d17e2>] qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen+0x152/0x160
[ 681.774976] [<ffffffffc02694b1>] fq_codel_dequeue+0x7b1/0x820 [sch_fq_codel]
[ 681.774978] [<ffffffffc02680a0>] ? qdisc_peek_dequeued+0xa0/0xa0 [sch_fq_codel]
[ 681.774980] [<ffffffffa94cd92d>] __qdisc_run+0x4d/0x1d0
[ 681.774983] [<ffffffffa949b2b2>] net_tx_action+0xc2/0x160
[ 681.774985] [<ffffffffa90664c1>] __do_softirq+0xf1/0x200
[ 681.774987] [<ffffffffa90665ee>] run_ksoftirqd+0x1e/0x30
[ 681.774989] [<ffffffffa90896b0>] smpboot_thread_fn+0x150/0x260
[ 681.774991] [<ffffffffa9089560>] ? sort_range+0x40/0x40
[ 681.774992] [<ffffffffa9085fe4>] kthread+0xe4/0x100
[ 681.774994] [<ffffffffa9085f00>] ? kthread_worker_fn+0x170/0x170
[ 681.774995] [<ffffffffa95d8d1e>] ret_from_fork+0x3e/0x70
mq/mqprio have their own ways to report qlen/drops by folding stats on
all their queues, with appropriate locking.
A second problem is that qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() calls qdisc_lookup()
without proper locking : concurrent qdisc updates could corrupt the list
that qdisc_match_from_root() parses to find a qdisc given its handle.
Fix first problem adding a TCQ_F_NOPARENT qdisc flag that
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() can use to abort its tree traversal,
as soon as it meets a mq/mqprio qdisc children.
Second problem can be fixed by RCU protection.
Qdisc are already freed after RCU grace period, so qdisc_list_add() and
qdisc_list_del() simply have to use appropriate rcu list variants.
A future patch will add a per struct netdev_queue list anchor, so that
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() can have more efficient lookups.
Reported-by: Daniele Fucini <dfucini@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNACK packets might be attached to request sockets.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNACK packets might be attached to request sockets.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
selinux needs few changes to accommodate fact that SYNACK messages
can be attached to a request socket, lacking sk_security pointer
(Only syncookies are still attached to a TCP_LISTEN socket)
Adds a new sk_listener() helper, and use it in selinux and sch_fq
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported by: kernel test robot <ying.huang@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c0afd9ce4d ("fq_codel: fix return value of fq_codel_drop()")
->drop() is supposed to return the number of bytes it dropped,
but hhf_drop () returns the id of the bucket where it drops
a packet from.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Terry Lam <vtlam@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Kconfig currently controlling compilation of this code is:
net/sched/Kconfig:menuconfig NET_SCHED
net/sched/Kconfig: bool "QoS and/or fair queueing"
...meaning that it currently is not being built as a module by anyone.
Lets remove the modular code that is essentially orphaned, so that
when reading the driver there is no doubt it is builtin-only.
Since module_init translates to device_initcall in the non-modular
case, the init ordering remains unchanged with this commit. We can
change to one of the other priority initcalls (subsys?) at any later
date, if desired.
We also delete the MODULE_LICENSE tag since all that information
is already contained at the top of the file in the comments.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before forwarding")
the skb->sender_cpu needs to be cleared when moving from Rx
Tx, otherwise kernel could crash.
Fixes: 2bd82484bb ("xps: fix xps for stacked devices")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align with other tc actions.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 1ce87720d4 ("net: sched: make cls_u32 lockless")
we began to release tc actions in a RCU callback. However,
mirred action relies on RTNL lock to protect the global
mirred_list, therefore we could have a race condition
between RCU callback and netdevice event, which caused
a list corruption as reported by Vinson.
Instead of relying on RTNL lock, introduce a spinlock to
protect this list.
Note, in non-bind case, it is still called with RTNL lock,
therefore should disable BH too.
Reported-by: Vinson Lee <vlee@twopensource.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using routing realms as part of the classifier is quite useful, it
can be viewed as a tag for one or multiple routing entries (think of
an analogy to net_cls cgroup for processes), set by user space routing
daemons or via iproute2 as an indicator for traffic classifiers and
later on processed in the eBPF program.
Unlike actions, the classifier can inspect device flags and enable
netif_keep_dst() if necessary. tc actions don't have that possibility,
but in case people know what they are doing, it can be used from there
as well (e.g. via devs that must keep dsts by design anyway).
If a realm is set, the handler returns the non-zero realm. User space
can set the full 32bit realm for the dst.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a listen backlog is very big (to avoid syncookies), then
the listener sk->sk_wmem_alloc is the main source of false
sharing, as we need to touch it twice per SYNACK re-transmit
and TX completion.
(One SYN packet takes listener lock once, but up to 6 SYNACK
are generated)
By attaching the skb to the request socket, we remove this
source of contention.
Tested:
listen(fd, 10485760); // single listener (no SO_REUSEPORT)
16 RX/TX queue NIC
Sustain a SYNFLOOD attack of ~320,000 SYN per second,
Sending ~1,400,000 SYNACK per second.
Perf profiles now show listener spinlock being next bottleneck.
20.29% [kernel] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
10.06% [kernel] [k] __inet_lookup_established
5.12% [kernel] [k] reqsk_timer_handler
3.22% [kernel] [k] get_next_timer_interrupt
3.00% [kernel] [k] tcp_make_synack
2.77% [kernel] [k] ipt_do_table
2.70% [kernel] [k] run_timer_softirq
2.50% [kernel] [k] ip_finish_output
2.04% [kernel] [k] cascade
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/arp.c
The net/ipv4/arp.c conflict was one commit adding a new
local variable while another commit was deleting one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fw filter uses tp->root==NULL to check if it is the old method,
so it doesn't need allocation at all in this case. This patch
reverts the offending commit and adds some comments for old
method to make it obvious.
Fixes: 33f8b9ecdb ("net_sched: move tp->root allocation into fw_init()")
Reported-by: Akshat Kakkar <akshat.1984@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jamal suggested to further limit the currently allowed subset of opcodes
that may be used by a direct action return code as the intention is not
to replace the full action engine, but rather to have a minimal set that
can be used in the fast-path on things like ingress for some features
that cls_bpf supports.
Classifiers can, of course, still be chained together that have direct
action mode with those that have a full exec pass. For more complex
scenarios that go beyond this minimal set here, the full tcf_exts_exec()
path must be used.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The binding to a particular classid was so far always mandatory for
cls_bpf, but it doesn't need to be. Therefore, lift this restriction
as similarly done in other classifiers.
Only a couple of qdiscs make use of class from the tcf_result, others
don't strictly care, so let the user choose his needs (those that read
out class can handle situations where it could be NULL).
An explicit check for tcf_unbind_filter() is also not needed here, as
the previous r->class was 0, so the xchg() will return that and
therefore a callback to the qdisc's unbind_tcf() is skipped.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 43388da42a49 ("cls_bpf: introduce integrated actions") we
have added TCA_BPF_FLAGS. We can also retrieve this information from
the prog, dump it back to user space as well. It's useful in tc when
displaying/dumping filter info.
Also, remove tp from cls_bpf_prog_from_efd(), came in as a conflict
from a rebase and it's unused here (later work may add it along with
a real user).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As gre does not have the srckey in the packet gre_pkt_to_tuple
needs to perform a lookup in it's per network namespace tables.
Pass in the proper network namespace to all pkt_to_tuple
implementations to ensure gre (and any similar protocols) can get this
right.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Stop guessing the struct net instead of remember it. Guessing is just
silly and will be problematic in the future when I implement routes
between network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As xt_action_param lives on the stack this does not bloat any
persistent data structures.
This is a first step in making netfilter code that needs to know
which network namespace it is executing in simpler.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Memory placement in sch_dsmark is silly : Better place mask/value
in the same cache line.
Also, we can embed small arrays in the first cache line and
remove a potential cache miss.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing bpf_clone_redirect() helper clones skb before redirecting
it to RX or TX of destination netdev.
Introduce bpf_redirect() helper that does that without cloning.
Benchmarked with two hosts using 10G ixgbe NICs.
One host is doing line rate pktgen.
Another host is configured as:
$ tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section clone_redirect_xmit drop
so it receives the packet on $dev and immediately xmits it on $dev + 1
The section 'clone_redirect_xmit' in tcbpf1_kern.o file has the program
that does bpf_clone_redirect() and performance is 2.0 Mpps
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit drop
which is using bpf_redirect() - 2.4 Mpps
and using cls_bpf with integrated actions as:
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 \
bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit integ_act classid 1
performance is 2.5 Mpps
To summarize:
u32+act_bpf using clone_redirect - 2.0 Mpps
u32+act_bpf using redirect - 2.4 Mpps
cls_bpf using redirect - 2.5 Mpps
For comparison linux bridge in this setup is doing 2.1 Mpps
and ixgbe rx + drop in ip_rcv - 7.8 Mpps
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often cls_bpf classifier is used with single action drop attached.
Optimize this use case and let cls_bpf return both classid and action.
For backwards compatibility reasons enable this feature under
TCA_BPF_FLAG_ACT_DIRECT flag.
Then more interesting programs like the following are easier to write:
int cls_bpf_prog(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
/* classify arp, ip, ipv6 into different traffic classes
* and drop all other packets
*/
switch (skb->protocol) {
case htons(ETH_P_ARP):
skb->tc_classid = 1;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IP):
skb->tc_classid = 2;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IPV6):
skb->tc_classid = 3;
break;
default:
return TC_ACT_SHOT;
}
return TC_ACT_OK;
}
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flags argument will allow control of the dissection process (for
instance whether to parse beyond L3).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just some minor noise follow-up to address some stylistic issues of
commit 3b3ae88026 ("net: sched: consolidate tc_classify{,_compat}").
Accidentally v1 instead of v2 of that commit got applied, so this
patch adds the relative diff.
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that noqueue qdisc can be attached just like any other qdisc, no
special treatment is necessary anymore when attaching it as default
qdisc.
This change has the added benefit that 'tc qdisc show' prints noqueue
instead of nothing for devices defaulting to noqueue.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way users can attach noqueue just like any other qdisc using tc
without having to mess with tx_queue_len first.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since alloc_netdev_mqs() sets IFF_NO_QUEUE for drivers not initializing
tx_queue_len, it is safe to assume that if tx_queue_len is zero,
dev->priv flags always contains IFF_NO_QUEUE.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For classifiers getting invoked via tc_classify(), we always need an
extra function call into tc_classify_compat(), as both are being
exported as symbols and tc_classify() itself doesn't do much except
handling of reclassifications when tp->classify() returned with
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY.
CBQ and ATM are the only qdiscs that directly call into tc_classify_compat(),
all others use tc_classify(). When tc actions are being configured
out in the kernel, tc_classify() effectively does nothing besides
delegating.
We could spare this layer and consolidate both functions. pktgen on
single CPU constantly pushing skbs directly into the netif_receive_skb()
path with a dummy classifier on ingress qdisc attached, improves
slightly from 22.3Mpps to 23.1Mpps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to act_gact/act_mirred, act_bpf can be lockless in packet processing
with extra care taken to free bpf programs after rcu grace period.
Replacement of existing act_bpf (very rare) is done with synchronize_rcu()
and final destruction is done from tc_action_ops->cleanup() callback that is
called from tcf_exts_destroy()->tcf_action_destroy()->__tcf_hash_release() when
bind and refcnt reach zero which is only possible when classifier is destroyed.
Previous two patches fixed the last two classifiers (tcindex and rsvp) to
call tcf_exts_destroy() from rcu callback.
Similar to gact/mirred there is a race between prog->filter and
prog->tcf_action. Meaning that the program being replaced may use
previous default action if it happened to return TC_ACT_UNSPEC.
act_mirred race betwen tcf_action and tcfm_dev is similar.
In all cases the race is harmless.
Long term we may want to improve the situation by replacing the whole
tc_action->priv as single pointer instead of updating inner fields one by one.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust destroy path of cls_rsvp to call tcf_exts_destroy() after
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust destroy path of cls_tcindex to call tcf_exts_destroy() after
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix harmless typo and avoid unnecessary copy of empty 'prog' into
unused 'strcut tcf_bpf_cfg old'.
Fixes: f4eaed28c7 ("act_bpf: fix memory leaks when replacing bpf programs")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_hash_destroy() used once. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
I added a check in u32_destroy() to see if all real filters are gone
for each tp, however, that is only done for root_ht, same is needed
for others.
This can be reproduced by the following tc commands:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1:0 prio 5 handle 15: protocol ip u32 divisor 256
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent 1: prio 5 handle 15:2:2 u32
ht 15:2: match ip src 10.0.0.2 flowid 1:10
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent 1: prio 5 handle 15:2:3 u32
ht 15:2: match ip src 10.0.0.3 flowid 1:10
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Reported-by: Akshat Kakkar <akshat.1984@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those were all workarounds for the formerly double meaning of
tx_queue_len, which broke scheduling algorithms if untreated.
Now that all in-tree drivers have been converted away from setting
tx_queue_len = 0, it should be safe to drop these workarounds for
categorically broken setups.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_proto_csum_replace4,2,16 take a pseudohdr argument which indicates
the checksum field carries a pseudo header. This argument should be a
boolean instead of an int.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a direction parameter to netfilter zones, so identity
separation can be performed only in original/reply or both directions
(default). This basically opens up the possibility of doing NAT with
conflicting IP address/port tuples from multiple, isolated tenants
on a host (e.g. from a netns) without requiring each tenant to NAT
twice resp. to use its own dedicated IP address to SNAT to, meaning
overlapping tuples can be made unique with the zone identifier in
original direction, where the NAT engine will then allocate a unique
tuple in the commonly shared default zone for the reply direction.
In some restricted, local DNAT cases, also port redirection could be
used for making the reply traffic unique w/o requiring SNAT.
The consensus we've reached and discussed at NFWS and since the initial
implementation [1] was to directly integrate the direction meta data
into the existing zones infrastructure, as opposed to the ct->mark
approach we proposed initially.
As we pass the nf_conntrack_zone object directly around, we don't have
to touch all call-sites, but only those, that contain equality checks
of zones. Thus, based on the current direction (original or reply),
we either return the actual id, or the default NF_CT_DEFAULT_ZONE_ID.
CT expectations are direction-agnostic entities when expectations are
being compared among themselves, so we can only use the identifier
in this case.
Note that zone identifiers can not be included into the hash mix
anymore as they don't contain a "stable" value that would be equal
for both directions at all times, f.e. if only zone->id would
unconditionally be xor'ed into the table slot hash, then replies won't
find the corresponding conntracking entry anymore.
If no particular direction is specified when configuring zones, the
behaviour is exactly as we expect currently (both directions).
Support has been added for the CT netlink interface as well as the
x_tables raw CT target, which both already offer existing interfaces
to user space for the configuration of zones.
Below a minimal, simplified collision example (script in [2]) with
netperf sessions:
+--- tenant-1 ---+ mark := 1
| netperf |--+
+----------------+ | CT zone := mark [ORIGINAL]
[ip,sport] := X +--------------+ +--- gateway ---+
| mark routing |--| SNAT |-- ... +
+--------------+ +---------------+ |
+--- tenant-2 ---+ | ~~~|~~~
| netperf |--+ +-----------+ |
+----------------+ mark := 2 | netserver |------ ... +
[ip,sport] := X +-----------+
[ip,port] := Y
On the gateway netns, example:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -j CT --zone mark --zone-dir ORIGINAL
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <dev> -j SNAT --to-source <ip> --random-fully
iptables -t mangle -A PREROUTING -m conntrack --ctdir ORIGINAL -j CONNMARK --save-mark
iptables -t mangle -A POSTROUTING -m conntrack --ctdir REPLY -j CONNMARK --restore-mark
conntrack dump from gateway netns:
netperf -H 10.1.1.2 -t TCP_STREAM -l60 -p12865,5555 from each tenant netns
tcp 6 431995 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=5555 dport=12865 zone-orig=1
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=12865 dport=1024
[ASSURED] mark=1 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=1
tcp 6 431994 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=5555 dport=12865 zone-orig=2
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=12865 dport=5555
[ASSURED] mark=2 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=1
tcp 6 299 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=39438 dport=33768 zone-orig=1
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=33768 dport=39438
[ASSURED] mark=1 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=1
tcp 6 300 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=32889 dport=40206 zone-orig=2
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=40206 dport=32889
[ASSURED] mark=2 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=2
Taking this further, test script in [2] creates 200 tenants and runs
original-tuple colliding netperf sessions each. A conntrack -L dump in
the gateway netns also confirms 200 overlapping entries, all in ESTABLISHED
state as expected.
I also did run various other tests with some permutations of the script,
to mention some: SNAT in random/random-fully/persistent mode, no zones (no
overlaps), static zones (original, reply, both directions), etc.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.security.firewalls.netfilter.devel/57412/
[2] https://paste.fedoraproject.org/242835/65657871/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Handle IFF_NO_QUEUE as alternative to tx_queue_len being zero.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/Kconfig
The cavium conflict was overlapping dependency
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the zone id which is pushed down into functions
with the actual zone object. It's a bigger one-time change, but
needed for later on extending zones with a direction parameter, and
thus decoupling this additional information from all call-sites.
No functional changes in this patch.
The default zone becomes a global const object, namely nf_ct_zone_dflt
and will be returned directly in various cases, one being, when there's
f.e. no zoning support.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the introduction of the BPF action in d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF
based action"), late binding was not working as expected. I.e. setting
the action part for a classifier only via 'bpf index <num>', where <num>
is the index of an existing action, is being rejected by the kernel due
to other missing parameters.
It doesn't make sense to require these parameters such as BPF opcodes
etc, as they are not going to be used anyway: in this case, they're just
allocated/parsed and then freed again w/o doing anything meaningful.
Instead, parse and verify the remaining parameters *after* the test on
tcf_hash_check(), when we really know that we're dealing with creation
of a new action or replacement of an existing one and where late binding
is thus irrelevant.
After patch, test case is now working:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc actions add action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action bpf index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc filter show dev foo
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 flowid 1:1 bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295'
action order 1: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
Late binding of a BPF action can be useful for preloading maps (e.g. before
they hit traffic) in case of eBPF programs, or to share a single eBPF action
with multiple classifiers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we share an action within a filter, the bind refcnt
should increase, therefore we should not call tcf_hash_release().
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex reported the following crash when using fq_codel
with htb:
crash> bt
PID: 630839 TASK: ffff8823c990d280 CPU: 14 COMMAND: "tc"
[... snip ...]
#8 [ffff8820ceec17a0] page_fault at ffffffff8160a8c2
[exception RIP: htb_qlen_notify+24]
RIP: ffffffffa0841718 RSP: ffff8820ceec1858 RFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: ffff88241747b400
RDX: ffff88241747b408 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff8811fb27d000
RBP: ffff8820ceec1868 R8: ffff88120cdeff24 R9: ffff88120cdeff30
R10: 0000000000000bd4 R11: ffffffffa0840919 R12: ffffffffa0843340
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: ffff8808dae5c2e8
ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffffff CS: 0010 SS: 0018
#9 [...] qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen at ffffffff81565375
#10 [...] fq_codel_dequeue at ffffffffa084e0a0 [sch_fq_codel]
#11 [...] fq_codel_reset at ffffffffa084e2f8 [sch_fq_codel]
#12 [...] qdisc_destroy at ffffffff81560d2d
#13 [...] htb_destroy_class at ffffffffa08408f8 [sch_htb]
#14 [...] htb_put at ffffffffa084095c [sch_htb]
#15 [...] tc_ctl_tclass at ffffffff815645a3
#16 [...] rtnetlink_rcv_msg at ffffffff81552cb0
[... snip ...]
As Jamal pointed out, there is actually no need to call dequeue
to purge the queued skb's in reset, data structures can be just
reset explicitly. Therefore, we reset everything except config's
and stats, so that we would have a fresh start after device flipping.
Fixes: 4b549a2ef4 ("fq_codel: Fair Queue Codel AQM")
Reported-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
[xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com: added codel_vars_init() and qdisc_qstats_backlog_dec()]
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we share an action within a filter, the bind refcnt
should increase, therefore we should not call tcf_hash_release().
Fixes: 1a29321ed0 ("net_sched: act: Dont increment refcnt on replace")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action
outside"), we end up with a wrong reference count for a tc action.
Test case 1:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
BAR="1,6 0 0 4294967294,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 \
action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$BAR" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967294' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$FOO" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
Test case 2:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
What happens is that in tcf_hash_check(), we check tcf_common for a given
index and increase tcfc_refcnt and conditionally tcfc_bindcnt when we've
found an existing action. Now there are the following cases:
1) We do a late binding of an action. In that case, we leave the
tcfc_refcnt/tcfc_bindcnt increased and are done with the ->init()
handler. This is correctly handeled.
2) We replace the given action, or we try to add one without replacing
and find out that the action at a specific index already exists
(thus, we go out with error in that case).
In case of 2), we have to undo the reference count increase from
tcf_hash_check() in the tcf_hash_check() function. Currently, we fail to
do so because of the 'tcfc_bindcnt > 0' check which bails out early with
an -EPERM error.
Now, while commit 55334a5db5 prevents 'tc actions del action ...' on an
already classifier-bound action to drop the reference count (which could
then become negative, wrap around etc), this restriction only accounts for
invocations outside a specific action's ->init() handler.
One possible solution would be to add a flag thus we possibly trigger
the -EPERM ony in situations where it is indeed relevant.
After the patch, above test cases have correct reference count again.
Fixes: 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action outside")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the skbuff related structures are not correctly
refcount'ed.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
br_mdb.c conflict was a function call being removed to fix a bug in
'net' but whose signature was changed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_flow:
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: handle 0x1 flow hash keys dst action ok
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
flow hash keys mark action drop
To be more precise, actually two different panics are fixed, the first
occurs because tcf_exts_init() is not called on the newly allocated
filter when we do a replace. And the second panic uncovered after that
happens since the arguments of list_replace_rcu() are swapped, the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 70da9f0bf9 ("net: sched: cls_flow use RCU")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_flower:
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: flower eth_type ipv4 action ok flowid 1:1
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
flower eth_type ipv6 action ok flowid 1:1
The problem is that commit 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
accidentally swapped the arguments of list_replace_rcu(), the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_bpf:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action drop
The problem is that commit 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
accidentally swapped the arguments of list_replace_rcu(), the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split out retrieving the cgroups net_cls classid retrieval into its
own function, so that it can be reused later on from other parts of
the traffic control subsystem. If there's no skb->sk, then the small
helper returns 0 as well, which in cls_cgroup terms means 'could not
classify'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prog->bpf_ops is populated when act_bpf is used with classic BPF and
prog->bpf_name is optionally used with extended BPF.
Fix memory leak when act_bpf is released.
Fixes: d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action")
Fixes: a8cb5f556b ("act_bpf: add initial eBPF support for actions")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->drop() is supposed to return the number of bytes it dropped,
however fq_codel_drop() returns the index of the flow where it drops
a packet from.
Fix this by introducing a helper to wrap fq_codel_drop().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 25331d6ce4 ("net: sched: implement qstat helper routines")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member (u32) "num_active_agg" of struct qfq_sched has been unused
since its introduction in 462dbc9101
"pkt_sched: QFQ Plus: fair-queueing service at DRR cost" and (AFAICT)
there is no active plan to use it; this removes the member.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 25331d6ce4 ("net: sched: implement qstat helper routines")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like act_gact, act_mirred can be lockless in packet processing
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) use rcu to protect tcfm_dev
4) Remove spinlock usage, as it is no longer needed.
Next step : add multi queue capability to ifb device
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Final step for gact RCU operation :
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) Remove spinlock acquisition, as it is no longer needed.
Since this is the last contended lock in packet RX when tc gact is used,
this gives impressive gain.
My host with 8 RX queues was handling 5 Mpps before the patch,
and more than 11 Mpps after patch.
Tested:
On receiver :
dev=eth0
tc qdisc del dev $dev ingress 2>/dev/null
tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
tc filter del dev $dev root pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter del dev $dev pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter add dev $dev est 1sec 4sec parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip src 7.0.0.0/8 flowid 1:15 action drop
Sender sends packets flood from 7/8 network
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Third step for gact RCU operation :
Following patch will get rid of spinlock protection,
so we need to read tcfg_ptype once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Second step for gact RCU operation :
We want to get rid of the spinlock protecting gact operations.
Stats (packets/bytes) will soon be per cpu.
gact_determ() would not work without a central packet counter,
so lets add it for this mode.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step for gact RCU operation :
Instead of testing if tcfg_pval is zero or not, just make it 1.
No change in behavior, but slightly faster code.
The smp_rmb()/smp_wmb() barriers, while not strictly needed at this
stage are added for upcoming spinlock removal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reuse existing percpu infrastructure John Fastabend added for qdisc.
This patch adds a new cpustats parameter to tcf_hash_create() and all
actions pass false, meaning this patch should have no effect yet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typo in the validation rules for flower's attributes
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"A rather largish update for everything time and timer related:
- Cache footprint optimizations for both hrtimers and timer wheel
- Lower the NOHZ impact on systems which have NOHZ or timer migration
disabled at runtime.
- Optimize run time overhead of hrtimer interrupt by making the clock
offset updates smarter
- hrtimer cleanups and removal of restrictions to tackle some
problems in sched/perf
- Some more leap second tweaks
- Another round of changes addressing the 2038 problem
- First step to change the internals of clock event devices by
introducing the necessary infrastructure
- Allow constant folding for usecs/msecs_to_jiffies()
- The usual pile of clockevent/clocksource driver updates
The hrtimer changes contain updates to sched, perf and x86 as they
depend on them plus changes all over the tree to cleanup API changes
and redundant code, which got copied all over the place. The y2038
changes touch s390 to remove the last non 2038 safe code related to
boot/persistant clock"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (114 commits)
clocksource: Increase dependencies of timer-stm32 to limit build wreckage
timer: Minimize nohz off overhead
timer: Reduce timer migration overhead if disabled
timer: Stats: Simplify the flags handling
timer: Replace timer base by a cpu index
timer: Use hlist for the timer wheel hash buckets
timer: Remove FIFO "guarantee"
timers: Sanitize catchup_timer_jiffies() usage
hrtimer: Allow hrtimer::function() to free the timer
seqcount: Introduce raw_write_seqcount_barrier()
seqcount: Rename write_seqcount_barrier()
hrtimer: Fix hrtimer_is_queued() hole
hrtimer: Remove HRTIMER_STATE_MIGRATE
selftest: Timers: Avoid signal deadlock in leap-a-day
timekeeping: Copy the shadow-timekeeper over the real timekeeper last
clockevents: Check state instead of mode in suspend/resume path
selftests: timers: Add leap-second timer edge testing to leap-a-day.c
ntp: Do leapsecond adjustment in adjtimex read path
time: Prevent early expiry of hrtimers[CLOCK_REALTIME] at the leap second edge
ntp: Introduce and use SECS_PER_DAY macro instead of 86400
...
The control !hlist_unhashed() in qfq_destroy_agg() is unnecessary
because already performed in hlist_del_init(), so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
em->net is always set and always available, use it in preference
to dev_net(skb->dev).
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
eBPF programs attached to ingress and egress qdiscs see inconsistent skb->data.
For ingress L2 header is already pulled, whereas for egress it's present.
This is known to program writers which are currently forced to use
BPF_LL_OFF workaround.
Since programs don't change skb internal pointers it is safe to do
pull/push right around invocation of the program and earlier taps and
later pt->func() will not be affected.
Multiple taps via packet_rcv(), tpacket_rcv() are doing the same trick
around run_filter/BPF_PROG_RUN even if skb_shared.
This fix finally allows programs to use optimized LD_ABS/IND instructions
without BPF_LL_OFF for higher performance.
tc ingress + cls_bpf + samples/bpf/tcbpf1_kern.o
w/o JIT w/JIT
before 20.5 23.6 Mpps
after 21.8 26.6 Mpps
Old programs with BPF_LL_OFF will still work as-is.
We can now undo most of the earlier workaround commit:
a166151cbe ("bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes flow hashing to use jhash2 over the flow_keys
structure instead just doing jhash_3words over src, dst, and ports.
This method will allow us take more input into the hashing function
so that we can include full IPv6 addresses, VLAN, flow labels etc.
without needing to resort to xor'ing which makes for a poor hash.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For mq qdisc, we add per tx queue qdisc to root qdisc
for display purpose, however, that happens too early,
before the new dev->qdisc is finally set, this causes
q->list points to an old root qdisc which is going to be
freed right before assigning with a new one.
Fix this by moving ->attach() after setting dev->qdisc.
For the record, this fixes the following crash:
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 975 at lib/list_debug.c:59 __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98()
list_del corruption. prev->next should be ffff8800d1998ae8, but was 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
CPU: 1 PID: 975 Comm: tc Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #1019
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000009 ffff8800d73fb928 ffffffff81a44e7f 0000000047574756
ffff8800d73fb978 ffff8800d73fb968 ffffffff810790da ffff8800cfc4cd20
ffffffff814e725b ffff8800d1998ae8 ffffffff82381250 0000000000000000
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a44e7f>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[<ffffffff810790da>] warn_slowpath_common+0x9c/0xb6
[<ffffffff814e725b>] ? __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98
[<ffffffff81079162>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x46/0x48
[<ffffffff81820eb0>] ? dev_graft_qdisc+0x5e/0x6a
[<ffffffff814e725b>] __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98
[<ffffffff814e72a7>] list_del+0xe/0x2d
[<ffffffff81822f05>] qdisc_list_del+0x1e/0x20
[<ffffffff81820cd1>] qdisc_destroy+0x30/0xd6
[<ffffffff81822676>] qdisc_graft+0x11d/0x243
[<ffffffff818233c1>] tc_get_qdisc+0x1a6/0x1d4
[<ffffffff810b5eaf>] ? mark_lock+0x2e/0x226
[<ffffffff817ff8f5>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x181/0x194
[<ffffffff817ff72e>] ? rtnl_lock+0x17/0x19
[<ffffffff817ff72e>] ? rtnl_lock+0x17/0x19
[<ffffffff817ff774>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0x17/0x17
[<ffffffff81855dc6>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x4d/0x93
[<ffffffff817ff756>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x26/0x2d
[<ffffffff818544b2>] netlink_unicast+0xcb/0x150
[<ffffffff81161db9>] ? might_fault+0x59/0xa9
[<ffffffff81854f78>] netlink_sendmsg+0x4fa/0x51c
[<ffffffff817d6e09>] sock_sendmsg_nosec+0x12/0x1d
[<ffffffff817d8967>] sock_sendmsg+0x29/0x2e
[<ffffffff817d8cf3>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x1b4/0x23a
[<ffffffff8100a1b8>] ? native_sched_clock+0x35/0x37
[<ffffffff810a1d83>] ? sched_clock_local+0x12/0x72
[<ffffffff810a1fd4>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x9e/0xb7
[<ffffffff810def2a>] ? current_kernel_time+0xe/0x32
[<ffffffff810b4bc5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.29+0x71/0x7f
[<ffffffff810ddebf>] ? read_seqcount_begin.constprop.27+0x5f/0x76
[<ffffffff810b6292>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x17d/0x199
[<ffffffff811b14d5>] ? __fget_light+0x50/0x78
[<ffffffff817d9808>] __sys_sendmsg+0x42/0x60
[<ffffffff817d9838>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x1c
[<ffffffff81a50e97>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6f
---[ end trace ef29d3fb28e97ae7 ]---
For long term, we probably need to clean up the qdisc_graft() code
in case it hides other bugs like this.
Fixes: 95dc19299f ("pkt_sched: give visibility to mq slave qdiscs")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vijay reported that a loop as simple as ...
while true; do
tc qdisc add dev foo root handle 1: prio
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1
tc qdisc del dev foo root
rmmod cls_u32
done
... will panic the kernel. Moreover, he bisected the change
apparently introducing it to 78fd1d0ab0 ("netlink: Re-add
locking to netlink_lookup() and seq walker").
The removal of synchronize_net() from the netlink socket
triggering the qdisc to be removed, seems to have uncovered
an RCU resp. module reference count race from the tc API.
Given that RCU conversion was done after e341694e3e ("netlink:
Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
which added the synchronize_net() originally, occasion of
hitting the bug was less likely (not impossible though):
When qdiscs that i) support attaching classifiers and,
ii) have at least one of them attached, get deleted, they
invoke tcf_destroy_chain(), and thus call into ->destroy()
handler from a classifier module.
After RCU conversion, all classifier that have an internal
prio list, unlink them and initiate freeing via call_rcu()
deferral.
Meanhile, tcf_destroy() releases already reference to the
tp->ops->owner module before the queued RCU callback handler
has been invoked.
Subsequent rmmod on the classifier module is then not prevented
since all module references are already dropped.
By the time, the kernel invokes the RCU callback handler from
the module, that function address is then invalid.
One way to fix it would be to add an rcu_barrier() to
unregister_tcf_proto_ops() to wait for all pending call_rcu()s
to complete.
synchronize_rcu() is not appropriate as under heavy RCU
callback load, registered call_rcu()s could be deferred
longer than a grace period. In case we don't have any pending
call_rcu()s, the barrier is allowed to return immediately.
Since we came here via unregister_tcf_proto_ops(), there
are no users of a given classifier anymore. Further nested
call_rcu()s pointing into the module space are not being
done anywhere.
Only cls_bpf_delete_prog() may schedule a work item, to
unlock pages eventually, but that is not in the range/context
of cls_bpf anymore.
Fixes: 25d8c0d55f ("net: rcu-ify tcf_proto")
Fixes: 9888faefe1 ("net: sched: cls_basic use RCU")
Reported-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix compile error in net/sched/cls_flower.c
net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function ‘fl_set_key’:
net/sched/cls_flower.c:240:3: error: implicit declaration of
function ‘tcf_change_indev’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
err = tcf_change_indev(net, tb[TCA_FLOWER_INDEV]);
Introduced in 77b9900ef5
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new config switch enables the ingress filtering infrastructure that is
controlled through the ingress_needed static key. This prepares the
introduction of the Netfilter ingress hook that resides under this unique
static key.
Note that CONFIG_SCH_INGRESS automatically selects this, that should be no
problem since this also depends on CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a flow-based filter. So far, the very essential
packet fields are supported.
This patch is only the first step. There is a lot of potential performance
improvements possible to implement. Also a lot of features are missing
now. They will be addressed in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems all we want here is to avoid endless 'goto reclassify' loop.
tc_classify_compat even resets this counter when something other
than TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY is returned, so this skb-counter doesn't
break hypothetical loops induced by something other than perpetual
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY return values.
skb_act_clone is now identical to skb_clone, so just use that.
Tested with following (bogus) filter:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol ip u32 match u32 0 0 police rate 10Kbit burst \
64000 mtu 1500 action reclassify
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a GRED qdisc, if the default "virtual queue" (VQ) does not have drop
parameters configured, then packets for the default VQ are not subjected
to RED and are only dropped if the queue is larger than the net_device's
tx_queue_len. This behavior is useful for WRED mode, since these packets
will still influence the calculated average queue length and (therefore)
the drop probability for all of the other VQs. However, for some drivers
tx_queue_len is zero. In other cases the user may wish to make the limit
the same for all VQs (including the default VQ with no drop parameters).
This change adds a TCA_GRED_LIMIT attribute to set the GRED queue limit,
in bytes, during qdisc setup. (This limit is in bytes to be consistent
with the drop parameters.) The default limit is the same as for a bfifo
queue (tx_queue_len * psched_mtu). If the drop parameters of any VQ are
configured with a smaller limit than the GRED queue limit, that VQ will
still observe the smaller limit instead.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only left enqueue_root() user is netem, and it looks not necessary :
qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len is preserved after one skb_clone()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In WRED mode, the backlog for a single virtual queue (VQ) should not be
used to determine queue behavior; instead the backlog is summed across
all VQs. This sum is currently used when calculating the average queue
lengths. It also needs to be used when determining if the queue's hard
limit has been reached, or when reporting each VQ's backlog via netlink.
q->backlog will only be used if the queue switches out of WRED mode.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ingress qdisc has no other purpose than calling into tc_classify()
that executes attached classifier(s) and action(s).
It has a 1:1 relationship to dev->ingress_queue. After having commit
087c1a601a ("net: sched: run ingress qdisc without locks") removed
the central ingress lock, one major contention point is gone.
The extra indirection layers however, are not necessary for calling
into ingress qdisc. pktgen calling locally into netif_receive_skb()
with a dummy u32, single CPU result on a Supermicro X10SLM-F, Xeon
E3-1240: before ~21,1 Mpps, after patch ~22,9 Mpps.
We can redirect the private classifier list to the netdev directly,
without changing any classifier API bits (!) and execute on that from
handle_ing() side. The __QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATE test can be removed,
ingress qdisc doesn't have a queue and thus dev_deactivate_queue()
is also not applicable, ingress_cl_list provides similar behaviour.
In other words, ingress qdisc acts like TCQ_F_BUILTIN qdisc.
One next possible step is the removal of the dev's ingress (dummy)
netdev_queue, and to only have the list member in the netdevice
itself.
Note, the filter chain is RCU protected and individual filter elements
are being kfree'd by sched subsystem after RCU grace period. RCU read
lock is being held by __netif_receive_skb_core().
Joint work with Alexei Starovoitov.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For DCTCP or similar ECN based deployments on fabrics with shallow
buffers, hosts are responsible for a good part of the buffering.
This patch adds an optional ce_threshold to codel & fq_codel qdiscs,
so that DCTCP can have feedback from queuing in the host.
A DCTCP enabled egress port simply have a queue occupancy threshold
above which ECT packets get CE mark.
In codel language this translates to a sojourn time, so that one doesn't
have to worry about bytes or bandwidth but delays.
This makes the host an active participant in the health of the whole
network.
This also helps experimenting DCTCP in a setup without DCTCP compliant
fabric.
On following example, ce_threshold is set to 1ms, and we can see from
'ldelay xxx us' that TCP is not trying to go around the 5ms codel
target.
Queue has more capacity to absorb inelastic bursts (say from UDP
traffic), as queues are maintained to an optimal level.
lpaa23:~# ./tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc mq 1: dev eth1 root
Sent 87910654696 bytes 58065331 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 42961)
backlog 3108242b 364p requeues 42961
qdisc codel 8063: dev eth1 parent 1:1 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7363778701 bytes 4863809 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5503)
rate 2348Mbit 193919pps backlog 255866b 46p requeues 5503
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 1.0ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 72384
qdisc codel 8064: dev eth1 parent 1:2 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7636486190 bytes 5043942 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5186)
rate 2319Mbit 191538pps backlog 207418b 64p requeues 5186
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 694us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 69873
qdisc codel 8065: dev eth1 parent 1:3 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 11569360142 bytes 7641602 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5554)
rate 3041Mbit 251096pps backlog 210446b 59p requeues 5554
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 889us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 37780
...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcf_destroy() returns true, tp could be already destroyed,
we should not use tp->next after that.
For long term, we probably should move tp list to list_head.
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call make_flow_keys_digest to get a digest from flow keys and
use that to pass skbuff cb and for comparing flows.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC classifiers/actions were converted to RCU by John in the series:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/329739/focus=329739
and many follow on patches.
This is the last patch from that series that finally drops
ingress spin_lock.
Single cpu ingress+u32 performance goes from 22.9 Mpps to 24.5 Mpps.
In two cpu case when both cores are receiving traffic on the same
device and go into the same ingress+u32 the performance jumps
from 4.5 + 4.5 Mpps to 23.5 + 23.5 Mpps
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under presence of TSO/GSO/GRO packets, codel at low rates can be quite
useless. In following example, not a single packet was ever dropped,
while average delay in codel queue is ~100 ms !
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 134376498 bytes 88797 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 13626b 3p requeues 0
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 96.9ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 9084 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
This comes from a confusion of what should be the minimal backlog. It is
pretty clear it is not 64KB or whatever max GSO packet ever reached the
qdisc.
codel intent was to use MTU of the device.
After the fix, we finally drop some packets, and rtt/cwnd of my single
TCP flow are meeting our expectations.
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 102798497 bytes 67912 pkt (dropped 1365, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 6056b 3p requeues 0
count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 36.3ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 10598 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used.
pedit sets TC_MUNGED when packet content was altered, but all the core
does is unset MUNGED again and then set OK2MUNGE.
And the latter isn't tested anywhere. So lets remove both
TC_MUNGED and TC_OK2MUNGE.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is meant to be passive, i.e. we should not alter
skb->nfct: If nfct is present just leave it alone.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No point in converting a timespec now that the value is directly
accessible.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Preeti U Murthy <preeti@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20150414203500.720623028@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When you redirect a VLAN device to any device, you end up with
crap in af_packet on the xmit path because hard_header_len is
not equal to skb->mac_len. So the redirected packet contains
four extra bytes at the start which then gets interpreted as
part of the MAC address.
This patch fixes this by only pushing skb->mac_len. We also
need to fix ifb because it tries to undo the pushing done by
act_mirred.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the short-term solution, lets fix bpf helper functions to use
skb->mac_header relative offsets instead of skb->data in order to
get the same eBPF programs with cls_bpf and act_bpf work on ingress
and egress qdisc path. We need to ensure that mac_header is set
before calling into programs. This is effectively the first option
from below referenced discussion.
More long term solution for LD_ABS|LD_IND instructions will be more
intrusive but also more beneficial than this, and implemented later
as it's too risky at this point in time.
I.e., we plan to look into the option of moving skb_pull() out of
eth_type_trans() and into netif_receive_skb() as has been suggested
as second option. Meanwhile, this solution ensures ingress can be
used with eBPF, too, and that we won't run into ABI troubles later.
For dealing with negative offsets inside eBPF helper functions,
we've implemented bpf_skb_clone_unwritable() to test for unwriteable
headers.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/359129/focus=359694
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Fixes: 91bc4822c3 ("tc: bpf: add checksum helpers")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-socfpga.c conflict was a case of a bug fix overlapping
changes in net-next to handle an error pointer differently.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if we make use of classifier and actions from the egress
path, we're going into handle_ing() executing additional code
on a per-packet cost for ingress qdisc, just to realize that
nothing is attached on ingress.
Instead, this can just be blinded out as a no-op entirely with
the use of a static key. On input fast-path, we already make
use of static keys in various places, e.g. skb time stamping,
in RPS, etc. It makes sense to not waste time when we're assured
that no ingress qdisc is attached anywhere.
Enabling/disabling of that code path is being done via two
helpers, namely net_{inc,dec}_ingress_queue(), that are being
invoked under RTNL mutex when a ingress qdisc is being either
initialized or destructed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes byte backlog accounting for the first of two chained netem instances.
Bytes backlog reported now corresponds to the number of queued packets.
When two netem instances are chained, for instance to apply rate and queue
limitation followed by packet delay, the number of backlogged bytes reported
by the first netem instance is wrong. It reports the sum of bytes in the queues
of the first and second netem. The first netem reports the correct number of
backlogged packets but not bytes. This is shown in the example below.
Consider a chain of two netem schedulers created using the following commands:
$ tc -s qdisc replace dev veth2 root handle 1:0 netem rate 10000kbit limit 100
$ tc -s qdisc add dev veth2 parent 1:0 handle 2: netem delay 50ms
Start an iperf session to send packets out on the specified interface and
monitor the backlog using tc:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth2
Output using unpatched netem:
qdisc netem 1: root refcnt 2 limit 100 rate 10000Kbit
Sent 98422639 bytes 65434 pkt (dropped 123, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 172694b 73p requeues 0
qdisc netem 2: parent 1: limit 1000 delay 50.0ms
Sent 98422639 bytes 65434 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 63588b 42p requeues 0
The interface used to produce this output has an MTU of 1500. The output for
backlogged bytes behind netem 1 is 172694b. This value is not correct. Consider
the total number of sent bytes and packets. By dividing the number of sent
bytes by the number of sent packets, we get an average packet size of ~=1504.
If we divide the number of backlogged bytes by packets, we get ~=2365. This is
due to the first netem incorrectly counting the 63588b which are in netem 2's
queue as being in its own queue. To verify this is the case, we subtract them
from the reported value and divide by the number of packets as follows:
172694 - 63588 = 109106 bytes actualled backlogged in netem 1
109106 / 73 packets ~= 1494 bytes (which matches our MTU)
The root cause is that the byte accounting is not done at the
same time with packet accounting. The solution is to update the backlog value
every time the packet queue is updated.
Signed-off-by: Joseph D Beshay <joseph.beshay@utdallas.edu>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct spelling of locally.
Also remove extra space before tab character in struct fq_flow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc action by extending
its scope also to native eBPF code!
Together with commit e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support
for programmable classifiers") this adds the facility to implement fully
flexible classifier and actions for tc that can be implemented in a C
subset in user space, "safely" loaded into the kernel, and being run in
native speed when JITed.
Also, since eBPF maps can be shared between eBPF programs, it offers the
possibility that cls_bpf and act_bpf can share data 1) between themselves
and 2) between user space applications. That means that, f.e. customized
runtime statistics can be collected in user space, but also more importantly
classifier and action behaviour could be altered based on map input from
the user space application.
For the remaining details on the workflow and integration, see the cls_bpf
commit e2e9b6541d. Preliminary iproute2 part can be found under [1].
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf-act
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Revisiting commit d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action") with regards
to eBPF support, I was thinking that it might be better to improve
return semantics from a BPF program invoked through BPF_PROG_RUN().
Currently, in case filter_res is 0, we overwrite the default action
opcode with TC_ACT_SHOT. A default action opcode configured through tc's
m_bpf can be: TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY, TC_ACT_PIPE, TC_ACT_SHOT, TC_ACT_UNSPEC,
TC_ACT_OK.
In cls_bpf, we have the possibility to overwrite the default class
associated with the classifier in case filter_res is _not_ 0xffffffff
(-1).
That allows us to fold multiple [e]BPF programs into a single one, where
they would otherwise need to be defined as a separate classifier with
its own classid, needlessly redoing parsing work, etc.
Similarly, we could do better in act_bpf: Since above TC_ACT* opcodes
are exported to UAPI anyway, we reuse them for return-code-to-tc-opcode
mapping, where we would allow above possibilities. Thus, like in cls_bpf,
a filter_res of 0xffffffff (-1) means that the configured _default_ action
is used. Any unkown return code from the BPF program would fail in
tcf_bpf() with TC_ACT_UNSPEC.
Should we one day want to make use of TC_ACT_STOLEN or TC_ACT_QUEUED,
which both have the same semantics, we have the option to either use
that as a default action (filter_res of 0xffffffff) or non-default BPF
return code.
All that will allow us to transparently use tcf_bpf() for both BPF
flavours.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it is possible in cls_bpf to access eBPF maps only under
rcu_read_lock_bh() variants: while on ingress side, that is, handle_ing(),
the classifier would be called from __netif_receive_skb_core() under
rcu_read_lock(); on egress side, however, it's rcu_read_lock_bh() via
__dev_queue_xmit().
This rcu/rcu_bh mix doesn't work together with eBPF maps as they require
soley to be called under rcu_read_lock(). eBPF maps could also be shared
among various other eBPF programs (possibly even with other eBPF program
types, f.e. tracing) and user space processes, so any context is assumed.
Therefore, a possible fix for cls_bpf is to wrap/nest eBPF program
invocation under non-bh RCU lock variant.
Fixes: e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support for programmable classifiers")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dynamically allocate divisor+1 entries for ->ht[] in tc_u_hnode:
ht = kzalloc(sizeof(*ht) + divisor*sizeof(void *), GFP_KERNEL);
So ->ht is supposed to be the last field of this struct, however
this is broken, since an rcu head is appended after it.
Fixes: 1ce87720d4 ("net: sched: make cls_u32 lockless")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel automatically creates a tp for each
(kind, protocol, priority) tuple, which has handle 0,
when we add a new filter, but it still is left there
after we remove our own, unless we don't specify the
handle (literally means all the filters under
the tuple). For example this one is left:
# tc filter show dev eth0
filter parent 8001: protocol arp pref 49152 basic
The user-space is hard to clean up these for kernel
because filters like u32 are organized in a complex way.
So kernel is responsible to remove it after all filters
are gone. Each type of filter has its own way to
store the filters, so each type has to provide its
way to check if all filters are gone.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim<jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) If an IPVS tunnel is created with a mixed-family destination
address, it cannot be removed. Fix from Alexey Andriyanov.
2) Fix module refcount underflow in netfilter's nft_compat, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
3) Generic statistics infrastructure can reference variables sitting on
a released function stack, therefore use dynamic allocation always.
Fix from Ignacy Gawędzki.
4) skb_copy_bits() return value test is inverted in ip_check_defrag().
5) Fix network namespace exit in openvswitch, we have to release all of
the per-net vports. From Pravin B Shelar.
6) Fix signedness bug in CAIF's cfpkt_iterate(), from Dan Carpenter.
7) Fix rhashtable grow/shrink behavior, only expand during inserts and
shrink during deletes. From Daniel Borkmann.
8) Netdevice names with semicolons should never be allowed, because
they serve as a separator. From Matthew Thode.
9) Use {,__}set_current_state() where appropriate, from Fabian
Frederick.
10) Revert byte queue limits support in r8169 driver, it's causing
regressions we can't figure out.
11) tcp_should_expand_sndbuf() erroneously uses tp->packets_out to
measure packets in flight, properly use tcp_packets_in_flight()
instead. From Neal Cardwell.
12) Fix accidental removal of support for bluetooth in CSR based Intel
wireless cards. From Marcel Holtmann.
13) We accidently added a behavioral change between native and compat
tasks, wrt testing the MSG_CMSG_COMPAT bit. Just ignore it if the
user happened to set it in a native binary as that was always the
behavior we had. From Catalin Marinas.
14) Check genlmsg_unicast() return valud in hwsim netlink tx frame
handling, from Bob Copeland.
15) Fix stale ->radar_required setting in mac80211 that can prevent
starting new scans, from Eliad Peller.
16) Fix memory leak in nl80211 monitor, from Johannes Berg.
17) Fix race in TX index handling in xen-netback, from David Vrabel.
18) Don't enable interrupts in amx-xgbe driver until all software et al.
state is ready for the interrupt handler to run. From Thomas
Lendacky.
19) Add missing netlink_ns_capable() checks to rtnl_newlink(), from Eric
W Biederman.
20) The amount of header space needed in macvtap was not calculated
properly, fix it otherwise we splat past the beginning of the
packet. From Eric Dumazet.
21) Fix bcmgenet TCP TX perf regression, from Jaedon Shin.
22) Don't raw initialize or mod timers, use setup_timer() and
mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
23) Fix software maintained statistics in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
24) DMA descriptor updates in sh_eth need proper memory barriers, from
Ben Hutchings.
25) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on RAW sockets, from Michal
Kubecek.
26) Openvswitch's non-masked set actions aren't constructed properly
into netlink messages, fix from Joe Stringer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
openvswitch: Fix serialization of non-masked set actions.
gianfar: Reduce logging noise seen due to phy polling if link is down
ibmveth: Add function to enable live MAC address changes
net: bridge: add compile-time assert for cb struct size
udp: only allow UFO for packets from SOCK_DGRAM sockets
sh_eth: Really fix padding of short frames on TX
Revert "sh_eth: Enable Rx descriptor word 0 shift for r8a7790"
sh_eth: Fix RX recovery on R-Car in case of RX ring underrun
sh_eth: Ensure proper ordering of descriptor active bit write/read
net/mlx4_en: Disbale GRO for incoming loopback/selftest packets
net/mlx4_core: Fix wrong mask and error flow for the update-qp command
net: systemport: fix software maintained statistics
net: bcmgenet: fix software maintained statistics
rxrpc: don't multiply with HZ twice
rxrpc: terminate retrans loop when sending of skb fails
net/hsr: Fix NULL pointer dereference and refcnt bugs when deleting a HSR interface.
net: pasemi: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: stmmac: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: axnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: pcnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
...
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc classifier by
extending its scope also to native eBPF code!
This allows for user space to implement own custom, 'safe' C like
classifiers (or whatever other frontend language LLVM et al may
provide in future), that can then be compiled with the LLVM eBPF
backend to an eBPF elf file. The result of this can be loaded into
the kernel via iproute2's tc. In the kernel, they can be JITed on
major archs and thus run in native performance.
Simple, minimal toy example to demonstrate the workflow:
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/bpf.h>
#include "tc_bpf_api.h"
__section("classify")
int cls_main(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
return (0x800 << 16) | load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + __builtin_offsetof(struct iphdr, tos));
}
char __license[] __section("license") = "GPL";
The classifier can then be compiled into eBPF opcodes and loaded
via tc, for example:
clang -O2 -emit-llvm -c cls.c -o - | llc -march=bpf -filetype=obj -o cls.o
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf cls.o [...]
As it has been demonstrated, the scope can even reach up to a fully
fledged flow dissector (similarly as in samples/bpf/sockex2_kern.c).
For tc, maps are allowed to be used, but from kernel context only,
in other words, eBPF code can keep state across filter invocations.
In future, we perhaps may reattach from a different application to
those maps e.g., to read out collected statistics/state.
Similarly as in socket filters, we may extend functionality for eBPF
classifiers over time depending on the use cases. For that purpose,
cls_bpf programs are using BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS program type, so
we can allow additional functions/accessors (e.g. an ABI compatible
offset translation to skb fields/metadata). For an initial cls_bpf
support, we allow the same set of helper functions as eBPF socket
filters, but we could diverge at some point in time w/o problem.
I was wondering whether cls_bpf and act_bpf could share C programs,
I can imagine that at some point, we introduce i) further common
handlers for both (or even beyond their scope), and/or if truly needed
ii) some restricted function space for each of them. Both can be
abstracted easily through struct bpf_verifier_ops in future.
The context of cls_bpf versus act_bpf is slightly different though:
a cls_bpf program will return a specific classid whereas act_bpf a
drop/non-drop return code, latter may also in future mangle skbs.
That said, we can surely have a "classify" and "action" section in
a single object file, or considered mentioned constraint add a
possibility of a shared section.
The workflow for getting native eBPF running from tc [1] is as
follows: for f_bpf, I've added a slightly modified ELF parser code
from Alexei's kernel sample, which reads out the LLVM compiled
object, sets up maps (and dynamically fixes up map fds) if any, and
loads the eBPF instructions all centrally through the bpf syscall.
The resulting fd from the loaded program itself is being passed down
to cls_bpf, which looks up struct bpf_prog from the fd store, and
holds reference, so that it stays available also after tc program
lifetime. On tc filter destruction, it will then drop its reference.
Moreover, I've also added the optional possibility to annotate an
eBPF filter with a name (e.g. path to object file, or something
else if preferred) so that when tc dumps currently installed filters,
some more context can be given to an admin for a given instance (as
opposed to just the file descriptor number).
Last but not least, bpf_prog_get() and bpf_prog_put() needed to be
exported, so that eBPF can be used from cls_bpf built as a module.
Thanks to 60a3b2253c ("net: bpf: make eBPF interpreter images
read-only") I think this is of no concern since anything wanting to
alter eBPF opcode after verification stage would crash the kernel.
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although it is clear that textsearch state is intentionally passed to
skb_find_text() as uninitialized argument, it was never used by the
callers. Therefore, we can simplify skb_find_text() by making it
local variable.
Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_em_validate(), after calling request_module() to load the
kind-specific module, set em->ops to NULL before returning -EAGAIN, so
that module_put() is not called again by tcf_em_tree_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull kconfig updates from Michal Marek:
"Yann E Morin was supposed to take over kconfig maintainership, but
this hasn't happened. So I'm sending a few kconfig patches that I
collected:
- Fix for missing va_end in kconfig
- merge_config.sh displays used if given too few arguments
- s/boolean/bool/ in Kconfig files for consistency, with the plan to
only support bool in the future"
* 'kconfig' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild:
kconfig: use va_end to match corresponding va_start
merge_config.sh: Display usage if given too few arguments
kconfig: use bool instead of boolean for type definition attributes
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FQ has a fast path for skb attached to a socket, as it does not
have to compute a flow hash. But for other packets, FQ being non
stochastic means that hosts exposed to random Internet traffic
can allocate million of flows structure (104 bytes each) pretty
easily. Not only host can OOM, but lookup in RB trees can take
too much cpu and memory resources.
This patch adds a new attribute, orphan_mask, that is adding
possibility of having a stochastic hash for orphaned skb.
Its default value is 1024 slots, to mimic SFQ behavior.
Note: This does not apply to locally generated TCP traffic,
and no locally generated traffic will share a flow structure
with another perfect or stochastic flow.
This patch also handles the specific case of SYNACK messages:
They are attached to the listener socket, and therefore all map
to a single hash bucket. If listener have set SO_MAX_PACING_RATE,
hoping to have new accepted socket inherit this rate, SYNACK
might be paced and even dropped.
This is very similar to an internal patch Google have used more
than one year.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we added pacing to TCP, we decided to let sch_fq take care
of actual pacing.
All TCP had to do was to compute sk->pacing_rate using simple formula:
sk->pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / rtt
It works well for senders (bulk flows), but not very well for receivers
or even RPC :
cwnd on the receiver can be less than 10, rtt can be around 100ms, so we
can end up pacing ACK packets, slowing down the sender.
Really, only the sender should pace, according to its own logic.
Instead of adding a new bit in skb, or call yet another flow
dissection, we tweak skb->truesize to a small value (2), and
we instruct sch_fq to use new helper and not pace pure ack.
Note this also helps TCP small queue, as ack packets present
in qdisc/NIC do not prevent sending a data packet (RPC workload)
This helps to reduce tx completion overhead, ack packets can use regular
sock_wfree() instead of tcp_wfree() which is a bit more expensive.
This has no impact in the case packets are sent to loopback interface,
as we do not coalesce ack packets (were we would detect skb->truesize
lie)
In case netem (with a delay) is used, skb_orphan_partial() also sets
skb->truesize to 1.
This patch is a combination of two patches we used for about one year at
Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_exts_dump_stats(), ensure that exts->actions is not empty before
accessing the first element of that list and calling tcf_action_copy_stats()
on it. This fixes some random segvs when adding filters of type "basic" with
no particular action.
This also fixes the dumping of those "no-action" filters, which more often
than not made calls to tcf_action_copy_stats() fail and consequently netlink
attributes added by the caller to be removed by a call to nla_nest_cancel().
Fixes: 33be627159 ("net_sched: act: use standard struct list_head")
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuring fq with quantum 0 hangs the system, presumably because of a
non-interruptible infinite loop. Either way quantum 0 does not make sense.
Reproduce with:
sudo tc qdisc add dev lo root fq quantum 0 initial_quantum 0
ping 127.0.0.1
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIME_WAIT sockets are not owning any skb.
ip_send_unicast_reply() and tcp_v6_send_response() both use
regular sockets.
We can safely remove a test in sch_fq and save one cache line miss,
as sk_state is far away from sk_pacing_rate.
Tested at Google for about one year.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NET_ACT_CONNMARK fails to build if NF_CONNTRACK_MARK is disabled,
and d7924450e1 ("act_connmark: Add missing dependency on
NF_CONNTRACK_MARK") fixed that case, but missed the cased where
NF_CONNTRACK is a loadable module.
This adds the second dependency to ensure that NET_ACT_CONNMARK
can only be built-in if NF_CONNTRACK is also part of the kernel
rather than a loadable module.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as in cls_bpf, also this code needs to reject mismatches.
Reference: http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/347406
Fixes: d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As soon as we've found a matching handle in basic_get(), we can
return it. There's no need to continue walking until the end of
a filter chain, since they are unique anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a bpf classifier in tc with priority collisions and
invoking automatic unique handle assignment, cls_bpf_grab_new_handle()
will return a wrong handle id which in fact is non-unique. Usually
altering of specific filters is being addressed over major id, but
in case of collisions we result in a filter chain, where handle ids
address individual cls_bpf_progs inside the classifier.
Issue is, in cls_bpf_grab_new_handle() we probe for head->hgen handle
in cls_bpf_get() and in case we found a free handle, we're supposed
to use exactly head->hgen. In case of insufficient numbers of handles,
we bail out later as handle id 0 is not allowed.
Fixes: 7d1d65cb84 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: add BPF-based classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
